]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Remove leftover include
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23
24 @copying
25
26 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
27 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
28 from archives.
29
30 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
31 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
32
33 @quotation
34 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
35 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
36 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
37 Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,''
38 and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the license
39 is included in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
40
41 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
42 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
43 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
44 @end quotation
45 @end copying
46
47 @dircategory Archiving
48 @direntry
49 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
50 @end direntry
51
52 @dircategory Individual utilities
53 @direntry
54 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
55 @end direntry
56
57 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
58
59 @titlepage
60 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
61 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
62 @author John Gilmore, Jay Fenlason et al.
63
64 @page
65 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
66 @insertcopying
67 @end titlepage
68
69 @ifnottex
70 @node Top
71 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
72
73 @insertcopying
74
75 @cindex file archival
76 @cindex archiving files
77
78 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
79 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
80 @end ifnottex
81
82 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
83 @c FIXME: Submenus for getdate.texi and intern.texi are interpolated by hand.
84
85 @menu
86 * Introduction::
87 * Tutorial::
88 * tar invocation::
89 * operations::
90 * Backups::
91 * Choosing::
92 * Date input formats::
93 * Formats::
94 * Media::
95
96 Appendices
97
98 * Changes::
99 * Configuring Help Summary::
100 * Genfile::
101 * Tar Internals::
102 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
103 * Copying This Manual::
104 * Index of Command Line Options::
105 * Index::
106
107 @detailmenu
108 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
109
110 Introduction
111
112 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
113 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
114 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
115 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
116 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
117 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
118
119 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
120
121 * assumptions::
122 * stylistic conventions::
123 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
124 * frequent operations::
125 * Two Frequent Options::
126 * create:: How to Create Archives
127 * list:: How to List Archives
128 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
129 * going further::
130
131 Two Frequently Used Options
132
133 * file tutorial::
134 * verbose tutorial::
135 * help tutorial::
136
137 How to Create Archives
138
139 * prepare for examples::
140 * Creating the archive::
141 * create verbose::
142 * short create::
143 * create dir::
144
145 How to List Archives
146
147 * list dir::
148
149 How to Extract Members from an Archive
150
151 * extracting archives::
152 * extracting files::
153 * extract dir::
154 * extracting untrusted archives::
155 * failing commands::
156
157 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
158
159 * Synopsis::
160 * using tar options::
161 * Styles::
162 * All Options::
163 * help::
164 * defaults::
165 * verbose::
166 * interactive::
167
168 The Three Option Styles
169
170 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
171 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
172 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
173 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
174
175 All @command{tar} Options
176
177 * Operation Summary::
178 * Option Summary::
179 * Short Option Summary::
180
181 @GNUTAR{} Operations
182
183 * Basic tar::
184 * Advanced tar::
185 * create options::
186 * extract options::
187 * backup::
188 * Applications::
189 * looking ahead::
190
191 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
192
193 * Operations::
194 * append::
195 * update::
196 * concatenate::
197 * delete::
198 * compare::
199
200 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
201
202 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
203 * multiple::
204
205 Updating an Archive
206
207 * how to update::
208
209 Options Used by @option{--create}
210
211 * Ignore Failed Read::
212
213 Options Used by @option{--extract}
214
215 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
216 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
217 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
218
219 Options to Help Read Archives
220
221 * read full records::
222 * Ignore Zeros::
223
224 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
225
226 * Dealing with Old Files::
227 * Overwrite Old Files::
228 * Keep Old Files::
229 * Keep Newer Files::
230 * Unlink First::
231 * Recursive Unlink::
232 * Data Modification Times::
233 * Setting Access Permissions::
234 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
235 * Writing to Standard Output::
236 * Writing to an External Program::
237 * remove files::
238
239 Coping with Scarce Resources
240
241 * Starting File::
242 * Same Order::
243
244 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
245
246 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
247 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
248 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
249 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
250 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
251 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
252
253 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
254
255 * General-Purpose Variables::
256 * Magnetic Tape Control::
257 * User Hooks::
258 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
259
260 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
261
262 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
263 * Selecting Archive Members::
264 * files:: Reading Names from a File
265 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
266 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
267 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
268 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
269 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
270 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
271 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
272
273 Reading Names from a File
274
275 * nul::
276
277 Excluding Some Files
278
279 * problems with exclude::
280
281 Wildcards Patterns and Matching
282
283 * controlling pattern-matching::
284
285 Crossing File System Boundaries
286
287 * directory:: Changing Directory
288 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
289
290 Controlling the Archive Format
291
292 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
293 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
294 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
295 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
296
297 Date input formats
298
299 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
300 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
301 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
302 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
303 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
304 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
305 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
306 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
307 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
308
309 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
310
311 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
312 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
313 * old:: Old V7 Archives
314 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
315 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
316 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
317 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
318 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
319
320 @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
321
322 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
323
324 Using Less Space through Compression
325
326 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
327 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
328
329 Tapes and Other Archive Media
330
331 * Device:: Device selection and switching
332 * Remote Tape Server::
333 * Common Problems and Solutions::
334 * Blocking:: Blocking
335 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
336 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
337 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
338 * verify::
339 * Write Protection::
340
341 Blocking
342
343 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
344 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
345
346 Many Archives on One Tape
347
348 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
349 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
350
351 Using Multiple Tapes
352
353 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
354 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
355 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
356
357 GNU tar internals and development
358
359 * Genfile::
360 * Tar Internals::
361 * Standard::
362 * Extensions::
363 * Snapshot Files::
364 * Dumpdir::
365
366 Copying This Manual
367
368 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
369
370 @end detailmenu
371 @end menu
372
373 @node Introduction
374 @chapter Introduction
375
376 @GNUTAR{} creates
377 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
378 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
379 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
380 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
381 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
382
383 @menu
384 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
385 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
386 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
387 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
388 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
389 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
390 @end menu
391
392 @node Book Contents
393 @section What this Book Contains
394
395 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
396 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
397 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
398 or comments.
399
400 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
401 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
402 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
403 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
404 progressive order, building on information already explained.
405
406 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
407 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
408 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
409 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
410 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
411 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
412 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
413 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
414 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
415 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
416
417 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
418 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
419
420 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
421 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
422 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
423 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
424 about a specific topic.
425
426 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
427 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
428 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
429 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
430
431 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
432 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
433 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
434 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
435 indicate this.)
436
437 @node Definitions
438 @section Some Definitions
439
440 @cindex archive
441 @cindex tar archive
442 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
443 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
444 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
445 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
446 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and data modification time.
447 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
448 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
449 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
450
451 @cindex member
452 @cindex archive member
453 @cindex file name
454 @cindex member name
455 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
456 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
457 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
458 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
459 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the file system,
460 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
461 archive.
462
463 @cindex extraction
464 @cindex unpacking
465 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
466 member (or multiple members) into a file in the file system. Extracting
467 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
468 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
469 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
470 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
471 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
472 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
473 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
474 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
475 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
476
477 @node What tar Does
478 @section What @command{tar} Does
479
480 @cindex tar
481 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
482 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
483 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
484 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
485 stored.
486
487 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
488 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
489 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
490 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
491 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
492
493 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
494 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
495
496 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
497 @table @asis
498 @item Storage
499 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
500 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
501 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
502 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
503 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
504 unit.
505
506 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
507 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
508 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
509 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
510 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
511 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
512 archives useful.
513
514 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
515 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
516 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
517 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
518 all dimensions, even time!)
519
520 @item Backup
521 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
522 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
523 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
524 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
525 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
526 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
527 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
528 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
529 file system.
530
531 @item Transportation
532 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
533 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
534 files from one system to another.
535 @end table
536
537 @node Naming tar Archives
538 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
539
540 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
541 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
542 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
543 it and to make examples more clear.
544
545 @cindex tar file
546 @cindex entry
547 @cindex tar entry
548 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
549 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
550 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
551 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
552 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
553
554 @node Authors
555 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
556
557 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
558 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
559 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
560 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
561 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
562 numerous and kind users.
563
564 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
565 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
566 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
567 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
568 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
569
570 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
571 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
572 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
573 i'll think about it.}
574
575 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
576 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
577
578 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
579 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
580 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
581 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
582 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
583 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
584 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
585 1.12. The book for versions from 1.14 up to @value{VERSION} were edited
586 by the current maintainer, Sergey Poznyakoff.
587
588 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
589 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
590
591 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
592 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
593 active development and maintenance work has started
594 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
595 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
596
597 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
598
599 @node Reports
600 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
601
602 @cindex bug reports
603 @cindex reporting bugs
604 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
605 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
606
607 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
608 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
609 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
610 manual}.
611
612 @node Tutorial
613 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
614
615 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
616 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
617 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
618 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
619 details about how @command{tar} works.
620
621 @menu
622 * assumptions::
623 * stylistic conventions::
624 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
625 * frequent operations::
626 * Two Frequent Options::
627 * create:: How to Create Archives
628 * list:: How to List Archives
629 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
630 * going further::
631 @end menu
632
633 @node assumptions
634 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
635
636 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
637 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
638 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
639 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
640 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
641
642 @itemize @bullet
643 @item
644 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
645 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
646 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
647 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
648 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
649 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
650 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
651 file system. You should have some basic understanding of directory
652 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
653 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
654 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
655 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
656 else?}
657
658 @item
659 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
660 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
661 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
662 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
663 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
664 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
665 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
666
667 @item
668 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
669 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
670 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
671 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
672 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
673 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
674 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
675 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
676 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
677
678 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
679 @end itemize
680
681 @node stylistic conventions
682 @section Stylistic Conventions
683
684 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
685 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
686 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
687 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
688 sometimes @samp{like this}.
689
690 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
691 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
692
693 @node basic tar options
694 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
695
696 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
697 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
698 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
699 operations, and options.
700
701 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
702 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
703 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
704 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
705 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
706 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
707
708 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
709 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
710 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
711 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
712 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
713 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
714
715 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
716 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
717 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
718 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
719 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
720 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
721 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
722 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
723 @command{tar}. In this book we present a full discussion of this way
724 of writing options and operations (@pxref{Old Options}), and we discuss
725 the other two styles of writing options (@xref{Mnemonic Options}, and
726 @pxref{Short Options}).
727
728 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
729 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
730 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
731 For example, instead of typing
732
733 @smallexample
734 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
735 @end smallexample
736
737 @noindent
738 you can type
739 @smallexample
740 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
741 @end smallexample
742
743 @noindent
744 or even
745 @smallexample
746 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
747 @end smallexample
748
749 @noindent
750 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
751 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
752 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
753
754 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
755 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
756 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
757 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
758 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
759 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
760 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
761
762 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
763 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
764 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
765 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
766 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
767 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
768 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
769 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
770 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
771 intends.
772
773 @node frequent operations
774 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
775
776 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
777 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
778 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
779 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
780
781 @table @option
782 @item --create
783 @itemx -c
784 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
785 @item --list
786 @itemx -t
787 List the contents of an archive.
788 @item --extract
789 @itemx -x
790 Extract one or more members from an archive.
791 @end table
792
793 @node Two Frequent Options
794 @section Two Frequently Used Options
795
796 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
797 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
798 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
799 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
800 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
801 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
802
803 @menu
804 * file tutorial::
805 * verbose tutorial::
806 * help tutorial::
807 @end menu
808
809 @node file tutorial
810 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
811
812 @table @option
813 @opindex file, tutorial
814 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
815 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
816 Specify the name of an archive file.
817 @end table
818
819 You can specify an argument for the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option whenever you
820 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
821 that @command{tar} will work on.
822
823 @vrindex TAPE
824 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will examine
825 the environment variable @env{TAPE}. If it is set, its value will be
826 used as the archive name. Otherwise, @command{tar} will use the
827 default archive, determined at the compile time. Usually it is
828 standard output or some physical tape drive attached to your machine
829 (you can verify what the default is by running @kbd{tar
830 --show-defaults}, @pxref{defaults}). If there is no tape drive
831 attached, or the default is not meaningful, then @command{tar} will
832 print an error message. The error message might look roughly like one
833 of the following:
834
835 @smallexample
836 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
837 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
838 @end smallexample
839
840 @noindent
841 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
842 name by using @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) when writing your @command{tar} commands.
843 For more information on using the @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) option, see
844 @ref{file}.
845
846 @node verbose tutorial
847 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
848
849 @table @option
850 @opindex verbose, introduced
851 @item --verbose
852 @itemx -v
853 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
854 @end table
855
856 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) shows details about the results of running
857 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
858 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
859 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
860 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
861 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
862 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
863 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
864 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
865 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
866
867 Each instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line increases the
868 verbosity level by one, so if you need more details on the output,
869 specify it twice.
870
871 When reading archives (@option{--list}, @option{--extract},
872 @option{--diff}), @command{tar} by default prints only the names of
873 the members being extracted. Using @option{--verbose} will show a full,
874 @command{ls} style member listing.
875
876 In contrast, when writing archives (@option{--create}, @option{--append},
877 @option{--update}), @command{tar} does not print file names by
878 default. So, a single @option{--verbose} option shows the file names
879 being added to the archive, while two @option{--verbose} options
880 enable the full listing.
881
882 For example, to create an archive in verbose mode:
883
884 @smallexample
885 $ @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
886 apple
887 angst
888 aspic
889 @end smallexample
890
891 @noindent
892 Creating the same archive with the verbosity level 2 could give:
893
894 @smallexample
895 $ @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
896 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
897 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 11481 2006-06-09 12:06 angst
898 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 23152 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic
899 @end smallexample
900
901 @noindent
902 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
903 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
904 twice, like this:
905
906 @smallexample
907 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
908 @end smallexample
909
910 @noindent
911 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
912
913 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
914 --verbose}}.
915
916 The full output consists of six fields:
917
918 @itemize @bullet
919 @item File type and permissions in symbolic form.
920 These are displayed in the same format as the first column of
921 @command{ls -l} output (@pxref{What information is listed,
922 format=verbose, Verbose listing, fileutils, GNU file utilities}).
923
924 @item Owner name and group separated by a slash character.
925 If these data are not available (for example, when listing a @samp{v7} format
926 archive), numeric ID values are printed instead.
927
928 @item Size of the file, in bytes.
929
930 @item File modification date in ISO 8601 format.
931
932 @item File modification time.
933
934 @item File name.
935 If the name contains any special characters (white space, newlines,
936 etc.) these are displayed in an unambiguous form using so called
937 @dfn{quoting style}. For the detailed discussion of available styles
938 and on how to use them, see @ref{quoting styles}.
939
940 Depending on the file type, the name can be followed by some
941 additional information, described in the following table:
942
943 @table @samp
944 @item -> @var{link-name}
945 The file or archive member is a @dfn{symbolic link} and
946 @var{link-name} is the name of file it links to.
947
948 @item link to @var{link-name}
949 The file or archive member is a @dfn{hard link} and @var{link-name} is
950 the name of file it links to.
951
952 @item --Long Link--
953 The archive member is an old GNU format long link. You will normally
954 not encounter this.
955
956 @item --Long Name--
957 The archive member is an old GNU format long name. You will normally
958 not encounter this.
959
960 @item --Volume Header--
961 The archive member is a GNU @dfn{volume header} (@pxref{Tape Files}).
962
963 @item --Continued at byte @var{n}--
964 Encountered only at the beginning of a multy-volume archive
965 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}). This archive member is a continuation
966 from the previous volume. The number @var{n} gives the offset where
967 the original file was split.
968
969 @item --Mangled file names--
970 This archive member contains @dfn{mangled file names} declarations,
971 a special member type that was used by early versions of @GNUTAR{}.
972 You probably will never encounter this, unless you are reading a very
973 old archive.
974
975 @item unknown file type @var{c}
976 An archive member of unknown type. @var{c} is the type character from
977 the archive header. If you encounter such a message, it means that
978 either your archive contains proprietary member types @GNUTAR{} is not
979 able to handle, or the archive is corrupted.
980 @end table
981
982 @end itemize
983
984 For example, here is an archive listing containing most of the special
985 suffixes explained above:
986
987 @smallexample
988 @group
989 V--------- 0/0 1536 2006-06-09 13:07 MyVolume--Volume Header--
990 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 456783 2006-06-09 12:06 aspic--Continued at
991 byte 32456--
992 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 62373 2006-06-09 12:06 apple
993 lrwxrwxrwx gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 13:01 angst -> apple
994 -rw-r--r-- gray/staff 35793 2006-06-09 12:06 blues
995 hrw-r--r-- gray/staff 0 2006-06-09 12:06 music link to blues
996 @end group
997 @end smallexample
998
999 @smallexample
1000 @end smallexample
1001
1002 @node help tutorial
1003 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
1004
1005 @table @option
1006 @opindex help
1007 @item --help
1008
1009 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
1010 all operations and option available for the current version of
1011 @command{tar} available on your system.
1012 @end table
1013
1014 @node create
1015 @section How to Create Archives
1016 @UNREVISED
1017
1018 @cindex Creation of the archive
1019 @cindex Archive, creation of
1020 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @option{--create} (@option{-c}), which
1021 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
1022 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
1023 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
1024 practice on.
1025
1026 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
1027 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
1028 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
1029 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
1030 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
1031 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
1032 other directories and other archives.
1033
1034 The three files you will archive in this example are called
1035 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
1036 @file{collection.tar}.
1037
1038 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
1039 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
1040 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
1041 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
1042 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
1043 @command{tar} works.
1044
1045 @menu
1046 * prepare for examples::
1047 * Creating the archive::
1048 * create verbose::
1049 * short create::
1050 * create dir::
1051 @end menu
1052
1053 @node prepare for examples
1054 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
1055
1056 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
1057 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
1058 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
1059 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
1060 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
1061 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
1062
1063 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
1064 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
1065 the full path name of this directory is
1066 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
1067 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
1068
1069 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
1070 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
1071 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
1072 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
1073
1074 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1075 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1076 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1077 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1078 contents of the file named by @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}}) if it exists. @command{tar}
1079 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1080 specify an option which does this (@pxref{backup}, for the
1081 information on how to do so). To add files to an existing archive,
1082 you need to use a different option, such as @option{--append} (@option{-r}); see
1083 @ref{append} for information on how to do this.
1084
1085 @node Creating the archive
1086 @subsection Creating the Archive
1087
1088 @opindex create, introduced
1089 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1090 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1091
1092 @smallexample
1093 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1094 @end smallexample
1095
1096 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1097 option forms}. You could also say:
1098
1099 @smallexample
1100 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1101 @end smallexample
1102
1103 @noindent
1104 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1105 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1106 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1107 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1108
1109 Note that the part of the command which says,
1110 @w{@option{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1111 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1112 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1113 archive file you create.
1114
1115 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1116 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1117 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1118 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1119 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1120 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1121
1122 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1123 is the operation which creates the new archive
1124 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1125 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1126 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1127 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation.
1128 @xref{Choosing}, for the detailed discussion on these.) Now that they are
1129 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1130 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1131
1132 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1133 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1134 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1135
1136 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@command{ls}), you will
1137 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1138
1139 @smallexample
1140 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1141 @end smallexample
1142
1143 @noindent
1144 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1145 the files in the directory.
1146
1147 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1148 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1149 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1150 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1151
1152 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to add files to
1153 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1154 Use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) instead. @xref{append}.
1155
1156 @node create verbose
1157 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1158
1159 @opindex create, using with @option{--verbose}
1160 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--create}
1161 If you include the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option on the command line,
1162 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1163 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1164
1165 @smallexample
1166 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1167 blues
1168 folk
1169 jazz
1170 @end smallexample
1171
1172 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1173 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1174 @iftex
1175 (note the different font styles).
1176 @end iftex
1177 @ifinfo
1178 .
1179 @end ifinfo
1180
1181 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1182 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1183 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1184 understand.
1185
1186 @node short create
1187 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1188
1189 As we said before, the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) operation is one of the most
1190 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1191 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1192 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1193 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1194 previous example (including the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option) looks like
1195 using short option forms:
1196
1197 @smallexample
1198 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1199 blues
1200 folk
1201 jazz
1202 @end smallexample
1203
1204 @noindent
1205 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1206 long or short option forms.
1207
1208 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1209 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1210 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1211 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1212 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1213 following way:
1214
1215 @smallexample
1216 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1217 @end smallexample
1218
1219 @noindent
1220 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1221 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1222 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1223 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1224 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1225 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1226 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1227 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1228 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1229 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1230 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1231
1232 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1233 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1234 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1235
1236 This example,
1237
1238 @smallexample
1239 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1240 @end smallexample
1241
1242 @noindent
1243 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1244 becomes much more so:
1245
1246 @smallexample
1247 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1248 @end smallexample
1249
1250 @noindent
1251 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1252 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1253 valuable data.
1254
1255 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1256 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1257 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1258 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1259 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1260
1261 @node create dir
1262 @subsection Archiving Directories
1263
1264 @cindex Archiving Directories
1265 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1266 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1267 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1268 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1269 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1270
1271 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1272 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1273 type:
1274
1275 @smallexample
1276 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1277 $
1278 @end smallexample
1279
1280 @noindent
1281 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1282 i.e., your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1283 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1284 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1285
1286 @smallexample
1287 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1288 @end smallexample
1289
1290 @noindent
1291 @command{tar} should output:
1292
1293 @smallexample
1294 practice/
1295 practice/blues
1296 practice/folk
1297 practice/jazz
1298 practice/collection.tar
1299 @end smallexample
1300
1301 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1302 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1303 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1304 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1305 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1306 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1307 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1308 @command{tar} from the root directory; @xref{absolute}. (Note
1309 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1310 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1311 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1312 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1313 into the file system).
1314
1315 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1316
1317 @smallexample
1318 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1319 @end smallexample
1320
1321 @noindent
1322 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1323 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1324 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1325 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1326 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1327 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1328 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1329 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1330 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1331 note:} Other implementations of @command{tar} may not be so clever;
1332 they will enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not
1333 depend on this behavior unless you are certain you are running
1334 @GNUTAR{}. In general, it is wise to always place the archive outside
1335 of the directory being dumped.
1336
1337 @node list
1338 @section How to List Archives
1339
1340 @opindex list
1341 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1342 particular archive contains. You can use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation
1343 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1344 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1345 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1346 created in the last section with the command,
1347
1348 @smallexample
1349 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1350 @end smallexample
1351
1352 @noindent
1353 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1354
1355 @smallexample
1356 blues
1357 folk
1358 jazz
1359 @end smallexample
1360
1361 @noindent
1362 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1363
1364 @smallexample
1365 ./birds
1366 baboon
1367 ./box
1368 @end smallexample
1369
1370 @noindent
1371 Be sure to use a @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f
1372 @var{archive-name}}) option just as with @option{--create}
1373 (@option{-c}) to specify the name of the archive.
1374
1375 @opindex list, using with @option{--verbose}
1376 @opindex verbose, using with @option{--list}
1377 If you use the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option with
1378 @option{--list}, then @command{tar} will print out a listing
1379 reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}}, showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1380
1381 If you had used @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) mode, the example
1382 above would look like:
1383
1384 @smallexample
1385 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1386 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1387 @end smallexample
1388
1389 @cindex listing member and file names
1390 @anchor{listing member and file names}
1391 It is important to notice that the output of @kbd{tar --list
1392 --verbose} does not necessarily match that produced by @kbd{tar
1393 --create --verbose} while creating the archive. It is because
1394 @GNUTAR{}, unless told explicitly not to do so, removes some directory
1395 prefixes from file names before storing them in the archive
1396 (@xref{absolute}, for more information). In other
1397 words, in verbose mode @GNUTAR{} shows @dfn{file names} when creating
1398 an archive and @dfn{member names} when listing it. Consider this
1399 example:
1400
1401 @smallexample
1402 @group
1403 $ @kbd{tar cfv archive /etc/mail}
1404 tar: Removing leading `/' from member names
1405 /etc/mail/
1406 /etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1407 /etc/mail/aliases
1408 $ @kbd{tar tf archive}
1409 etc/mail/
1410 etc/mail/sendmail.cf
1411 etc/mail/aliases
1412 @end group
1413 @end smallexample
1414
1415 @opindex show-stored-names
1416 This default behavior can sometimes be inconvenient. You can force
1417 @GNUTAR{} show member names when creating archive by supplying
1418 @option{--show-stored-names} option.
1419
1420 @table @option
1421 @item --show-stored-names
1422 Print member (as opposed to @emph{file}) names when creating the archive.
1423 @end table
1424
1425 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1426 @opindex list, using with file name arguments
1427 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1428 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1429 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1430 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1431
1432 Because @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as
1433 they appear in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which
1434 the archive was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying
1435 member names to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names.
1436 For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar birds}} would produce an
1437 error message something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive},
1438 because there is no member named @file{birds}, only one named
1439 @file{./birds}. While the names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name
1440 the same file, @emph{member} names by default are compared verbatim.
1441
1442 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar baboon}} would respond
1443 with @file{baboon}, because this exact member name is in the archive file
1444 @file{bfiles.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name,
1445 use @dfn{globbing patterns}, for example:
1446
1447 @smallexample
1448 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles.tar --wildcards '*b*'}
1449 @end smallexample
1450
1451 @noindent
1452 will list all members whose name contains @samp{b}. @xref{wildcards},
1453 for a detailed discussion of globbing patterns and related
1454 @command{tar} command line options.
1455
1456 @menu
1457 * list dir::
1458 @end menu
1459
1460 @node list dir
1461 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1462
1463 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1464 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1465 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). To find out file attributes, include the
1466 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option.
1467
1468 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1469 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1470
1471 @smallexample
1472 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1473 @end smallexample
1474
1475 @command{tar} responds:
1476
1477 @smallexample
1478 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1479 -rw-r--r-- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1480 -rw-r--r-- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1481 -rw-r--r-- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1482 -rw-r--r-- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1483 @end smallexample
1484
1485 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1486 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1487
1488 @node extract
1489 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1490 @UNREVISED
1491 @cindex Extraction
1492 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1493 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1494
1495 @opindex extract
1496 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1497 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1498 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1499 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1500 from an archive, use the @option{--extract} (@option{--get} or
1501 @option{-x}) operation. As with @option{--create}, specify the name
1502 of the archive with @option{--file} (@option{-f}) option. Extracting
1503 an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can extract it
1504 multiple times if you want or need to.
1505
1506 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1507 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1508 with @option{--create} (@option{-c}) and @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you may use the short or the
1509 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1510
1511 @menu
1512 * extracting archives::
1513 * extracting files::
1514 * extract dir::
1515 * extracting untrusted archives::
1516 * failing commands::
1517 @end menu
1518
1519 @node extracting archives
1520 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1521
1522 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1523 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1524
1525 @smallexample
1526 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1527 @end smallexample
1528
1529 @noindent
1530 produces this:
1531
1532 @smallexample
1533 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1534 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1535 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1536 @end smallexample
1537
1538 @node extracting files
1539 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1540
1541 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1542 arguments, as printed by @option{--list} (@option{-t}). If you had
1543 mistakenly deleted one of the files you had placed in the archive
1544 @file{collection.tar} earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it
1545 from the archive without changing the archive's structure. Its
1546 contents will be identical to the original file @file{blues} that you
1547 deleted.
1548
1549 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1550 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1551 the files in the directory again.
1552
1553 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1554 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1555
1556 @smallexample
1557 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1558 @end smallexample
1559
1560 @noindent
1561 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1562 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, data
1563 modification times, and owner.@footnote{This is only accidentally
1564 true, but not in general. Whereas modification times are always
1565 restored, in most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner,
1566 and use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just
1567 happens that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived
1568 members, and that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original
1569 permissions.} (These parameters will be identical to those which
1570 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1571 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1572 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1573 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1574 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1575 @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1576
1577 Remember that as with other operations, specifying the exact member
1578 name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar birds}}
1579 will fail, because there is no member named @file{birds}. To extract
1580 the member named @file{./birds}, you must specify @w{@kbd{tar
1581 --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. If you don't remember the
1582 exact member names, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option
1583 (@pxref{list}). You can also extract those members that match a
1584 specific @dfn{globbing pattern}. For example, to extract from
1585 @file{bfiles.tar} all files that begin with @samp{b}, no matter their
1586 directory prefix, you could type:
1587
1588 @smallexample
1589 $ @kbd{tar -x -f bfiles.tar --wildcards --no-anchored 'b*'}
1590 @end smallexample
1591
1592 @noindent
1593 Here, @option{--wildcards} instructs @command{tar} to treat
1594 command line arguments as globbing patterns and @option{--no-anchored}
1595 informs it that the patterns apply to member names after any @samp{/}
1596 delimiter. The use of globbing patterns is discussed in detail in
1597 @xref{wildcards}.
1598
1599 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1600 with the @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1601 Output}).
1602
1603 If you give the @option{--verbose} option, then @option{--extract}
1604 will print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1605
1606 @node extract dir
1607 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1608
1609 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1610 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1611 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1612 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1613 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1614 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1615 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1616 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1617 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1618 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1619 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1620 @pxref{Writing}).
1621
1622 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1623 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1624 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1625
1626 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1627 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1628 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1629 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1630 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1631 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1632 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1633 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1634 following command:
1635
1636 @smallexample
1637 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1638 practice/folk
1639 practice/jazz
1640 @end smallexample
1641
1642 @noindent
1643 If you were to specify two @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) options, @command{tar}
1644 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1645 in the example below:
1646
1647 @smallexample
1648 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1649 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1650 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1651 @end smallexample
1652
1653 @noindent
1654 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1655 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1656 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1657 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1658
1659 @node extracting untrusted archives
1660 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1661
1662 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1663 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1664 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1665 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1666 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1667 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1668 extract it as follows:
1669
1670 @smallexample
1671 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1672 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1673 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1674 @end smallexample
1675
1676 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1677 before extracting it, using @option{--list} (@option{-t}) option, possibly combined
1678 with @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}).
1679
1680 @node failing commands
1681 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1682
1683 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1684 they won't work.
1685
1686 If you try to use this command,
1687
1688 @smallexample
1689 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1690 @end smallexample
1691
1692 @noindent
1693 you will get the following response:
1694
1695 @smallexample
1696 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1697 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1698 $
1699 @end smallexample
1700
1701 @noindent
1702 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1703 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1704 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1705
1706 @smallexample
1707 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1708 practice/folk
1709 practice/jazz
1710 practice/rock
1711 @end smallexample
1712
1713 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1714 order...}
1715
1716 @noindent
1717 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1718
1719 @smallexample
1720 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1721 @end smallexample
1722
1723 @noindent
1724 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1725 archive. You must use the correct member names, or wildcards, in order
1726 to extract the files from the archive.
1727
1728 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1729 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1730
1731 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1732
1733 @node going further
1734 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1735
1736 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1737 be in the rest of the manual.}
1738
1739 @node tar invocation
1740 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1741 @UNREVISED
1742
1743 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1744 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1745 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1746 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1747 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1748 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1749 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1750 depending on what the operation is.
1751
1752 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1753 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1754 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1755 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1756 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1757
1758 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1759 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1760 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1761 receives about what is going on. These are the @option{--help} and
1762 @option{--version} (@pxref{help}), @option{--verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1763 and @option{--interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1764
1765 @menu
1766 * Synopsis::
1767 * using tar options::
1768 * Styles::
1769 * All Options::
1770 * help::
1771 * defaults::
1772 * verbose::
1773 * interactive::
1774 @end menu
1775
1776 @node Synopsis
1777 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1778
1779 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1780
1781 @smallexample
1782 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1783 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1784 @end smallexample
1785
1786 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1787
1788 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1789 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1790 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1791 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1792 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1793 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1794 @command{tar} is to act on.
1795
1796 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1797 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1798 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1799 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1800
1801 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1802 name when the main command is one of @option{--compare}
1803 (@option{--diff}, @option{-d}), @option{--delete}, @option{--extract}
1804 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
1805 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). When naming archive members, you
1806 must give the exact name of the member in the archive, as it is
1807 printed by @option{--list}. For @option{--append} (@option{-r}) and
1808 @option{--create} (@option{-c}), these @var{name} arguments specify
1809 the names of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1810 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1811 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1812
1813 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1814 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1815 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1816 unless you specify otherwise (using the @option{--absolute-names}
1817 option). @xref{absolute}, for more information about
1818 @option{--absolute-names}.
1819
1820 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1821 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1822 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1823 the files in the file system to @command{tar}.
1824
1825 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1826 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1827 for newcomers. @xref{wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1828 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1829 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1830 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1831 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1832 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1833 sufficient for this.
1834
1835 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1836 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1837 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}}) option.
1838
1839 If you don't use any file name arguments, @option{--append} (@option{-r}),
1840 @option{--delete} and @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate},
1841 @option{-A}) will do nothing, while @option{--create} (@option{-c})
1842 will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar} execution.
1843 The other operations of @command{tar} (@option{--list},
1844 @option{--extract}, @option{--compare}, and @option{--update})
1845 will act on the entire contents of the archive.
1846
1847 @cindex exit status
1848 @cindex return status
1849 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1850 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1851 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1852 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1853 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1854 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1855 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1856 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1857 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1858 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1859 the error.
1860
1861 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1862 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1863 @option{--compare} @option{--diff}, @option{-d}) option, zero means
1864 that everything went well, besides maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero
1865 means that something went wrong. Right now, as of today, ``nonzero''
1866 is almost always 2, except for remote operations, where it may be
1867 128.
1868
1869 @node using tar options
1870 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1871
1872 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1873 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1874 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1875 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1876 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1877 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1878 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1879 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1880 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1881 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1882
1883 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1884 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @option{--verbose}
1885 (@option{-v}), which we used in the tutorial). As we said in the
1886 tutorial, @dfn{options} are arguments to @command{tar} which are (as
1887 their name suggests) optional. Depending on the operating mode, you
1888 may specify one or more options. Different options will have different
1889 effects, but in general they all change details of the operation, such
1890 as archive format, archive name, or level of user interaction. Some
1891 options make sense with all operating modes, while others are
1892 meaningful only with particular modes. You will likely use some
1893 options frequently, while you will only use others infrequently, or
1894 not at all. (A full list of options is available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1895
1896 @vrindex TAR_OPTIONS, environment variable
1897 @anchor{TAR_OPTIONS}
1898 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1899 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1900 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1901 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1902 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1903 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1904 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1905
1906 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1907 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1908 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1909 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1910 write @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
1911
1912 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1913 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1914 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1915 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1916 styles.
1917
1918 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1919 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chapter 4 is
1920 incorporated.}
1921
1922 @node Styles
1923 @section The Three Option Styles
1924
1925 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1926 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1927 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1928 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1929
1930 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @option{--file}
1931 (@option{-f})) takes the name of an archive file as an argument. If
1932 you do not supply an archive file name, @command{tar} will use a
1933 default, but this can be confusing; thus, we recommend that you always
1934 supply a specific archive file name.) Where you @emph{place} the
1935 arguments generally depends on which style of options you choose. We
1936 will detail specific information relevant to each option style in the
1937 sections on the different option styles, below. The differences are
1938 subtle, yet can often be very important; incorrect option placement
1939 can cause you to overwrite a number of important files. We urge you
1940 to note these differences, and only use the option style(s) which
1941 makes the most sense to you until you feel comfortable with the others.
1942
1943 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1944 two such options: @option{--backup} and @option{--occurrence}). Such
1945 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1946 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1947 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1948 pay special attention to them.
1949
1950 @menu
1951 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1952 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1953 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1954 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1955 @end menu
1956
1957 @node Mnemonic Options
1958 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1959
1960 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1961 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1962
1963 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1964 dashes in a row, e.g., @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1965 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1966 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1967 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1968 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1969 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1970 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1971 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1972 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1973 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1974 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1975 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1976 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1977 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1978
1979 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1980 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1981 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1982
1983 @smallexample
1984 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1985 @end smallexample
1986
1987 @noindent
1988 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1989 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1990
1991 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1992 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1993 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1994 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1995 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1996 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1997 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1998 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1999
2000 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
2001 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
2002 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
2003 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
2004
2005 @node Short Options
2006 @subsection Short Option Style
2007
2008 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
2009 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g., @option{-t}
2010 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
2011 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
2012
2013 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
2014
2015 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
2016 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
2017 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
2018 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
2019 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
2020 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
2021 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
2022 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
2023
2024 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
2025 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
2026 white space characters}.
2027
2028 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
2029 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
2030 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
2031 all, e.g., @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
2032 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
2033 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
2034 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
2035 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
2036
2037 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
2038 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
2039 For example:
2040
2041 @smallexample
2042 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
2043 @end smallexample
2044
2045 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
2046 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
2047 end up overwriting files.
2048
2049 @node Old Options
2050 @subsection Old Option Style
2051 @UNREVISED
2052
2053 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
2054 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
2055 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
2056 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
2057 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
2058 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
2059 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
2060 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
2061 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
2062 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
2063 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
2064 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
2065
2066 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
2067 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
2068 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
2069 style as follows:
2070
2071 @smallexample
2072 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
2073 @end smallexample
2074
2075 @noindent
2076 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
2077 the argument of @option{-f}.
2078
2079 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
2080 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
2081 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
2082 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
2083 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
2084 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
2085 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
2086 pertain to.
2087
2088 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
2089 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
2090
2091 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
2092 users. For example, the two commands:
2093
2094 @smallexample
2095 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2096 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
2097 @end smallexample
2098
2099 @noindent
2100 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
2101 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
2102 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
2103 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
2104
2105 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
2106
2107 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
2108 following are equivalent:
2109
2110 @smallexample
2111 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
2112 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2113 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
2114 @end smallexample
2115
2116 @cindex option syntax, traditional
2117 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
2118 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
2119 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
2120 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
2121 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
2122 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
2123 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
2124 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) command to create an archive.
2125
2126 @node Mixing
2127 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2128
2129 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2130 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2131 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2132 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2133 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2134 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2135 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2136 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2137 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2138 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2139 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2140 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2141 style options.
2142
2143 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2144 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2145
2146 @smallexample
2147 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2148 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2149 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2150 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2151 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2152 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2153 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2154 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2155 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2156 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2157 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2158 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2159 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2160 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2161 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2162 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2163 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2164 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2165 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2166 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2167 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2168 @end smallexample
2169
2170 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2171 the previous set:
2172
2173 @smallexample
2174 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2175 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2176 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2177 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2178 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2179 @end smallexample
2180
2181 @noindent
2182 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2183 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2184 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2185 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2186 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2187 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2188 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2189 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2190 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2191 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2192 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2193
2194 @node All Options
2195 @section All @command{tar} Options
2196
2197 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2198 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2199 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2200 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2201 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2202 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2203
2204 @menu
2205 * Operation Summary::
2206 * Option Summary::
2207 * Short Option Summary::
2208 @end menu
2209
2210 @node Operation Summary
2211 @subsection Operations
2212
2213 @table @option
2214
2215 @opindex append, summary
2216 @item --append
2217 @itemx -r
2218
2219 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2220
2221 @opindex catenate, summary
2222 @item --catenate
2223 @itemx -A
2224
2225 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2226
2227 @opindex compare, summary
2228 @item --compare
2229 @itemx -d
2230
2231 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2232 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2233 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2234
2235 @opindex concatenate, summary
2236 @item --concatenate
2237 @itemx -A
2238
2239 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2240 @xref{concatenate}.
2241
2242 @opindex create, summary
2243 @item --create
2244 @itemx -c
2245
2246 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2247
2248 @opindex delete, summary
2249 @item --delete
2250
2251 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2252 tape! @xref{delete}.
2253
2254 @opindex diff, summary
2255 @item --diff
2256 @itemx -d
2257
2258 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2259
2260 @opindex extract, summary
2261 @item --extract
2262 @itemx -x
2263
2264 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2265
2266 @opindex get, summary
2267 @item --get
2268 @itemx -x
2269
2270 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2271
2272 @opindex list, summary
2273 @item --list
2274 @itemx -t
2275
2276 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2277
2278 @opindex update, summary
2279 @item --update
2280 @itemx -u
2281
2282 Adds files to the end of the archive, but only if they are newer than
2283 their counterparts already in the archive, or if they do not already
2284 exist in the archive. @xref{update}.
2285
2286 @end table
2287
2288 @node Option Summary
2289 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2290
2291 @table @option
2292
2293 @opindex absolute-names, summary
2294 @item --absolute-names
2295 @itemx -P
2296
2297 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2298 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2299 @xref{absolute}.
2300
2301 @opindex after-date, summary
2302 @item --after-date
2303
2304 (See @option{--newer}, @pxref{after})
2305
2306 @opindex anchored, summary
2307 @item --anchored
2308 A pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2309 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2310
2311 @opindex atime-preserve, summary
2312 @item --atime-preserve
2313 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
2314 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
2315
2316 Attempt to preserve the access time of files when reading them. This
2317 option currently is effective only on files that you own, unless you
2318 have superuser privileges.
2319
2320 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} remembers the access time of a file
2321 before reading it, and then restores the access time afterwards. This
2322 may cause problems if other programs are reading the file at the same
2323 time, as the times of their accesses will be lost. On most platforms
2324 restoring the access time also requires @command{tar} to restore the
2325 data modification time too, so this option may also cause problems if
2326 other programs are writing the file at the same time. (Tar attempts
2327 to detect this situation, but cannot do so reliably due to race
2328 conditions.) Worse, on most platforms restoring the access time also
2329 updates the status change time, which means that this option is
2330 incompatible with incremental backups.
2331
2332 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing time stamps on files,
2333 without interfering with time stamp updates
2334 caused by other programs, so it works better with incremental backups.
2335 However, it requires a special @code{O_NOATIME} option from the
2336 underlying operating and file system implementation, and it also requires
2337 that searching directories does not update their access times. As of
2338 this writing (November 2005) this works only with Linux, and only with
2339 Linux kernels 2.6.8 and later. Worse, there is currently no reliable
2340 way to know whether this feature actually works. Sometimes
2341 @command{tar} knows that it does not work, and if you use
2342 @option{--atime-preserve=system} then @command{tar} complains and
2343 exits right away. But other times @command{tar} might think that the
2344 option works when it actually does not.
2345
2346 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
2347 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this may change in the future
2348 as support for @option{--atime-preserve=system} improves.
2349
2350 If your operating system does not support
2351 @option{--atime-preserve=system}, you might be able to preserve access
2352 times reliably by by using the @command{mount} command. For example,
2353 you can mount the file system read-only, or access the file system via
2354 a read-only loopback mount, or use the @samp{noatime} mount option
2355 available on some systems. However, mounting typically requires
2356 superuser privileges and can be a pain to manage.
2357
2358 @opindex backup, summary
2359 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2360
2361 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2362 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2363 @var{backup-type}. @xref{backup}.
2364
2365 @opindex block-number, summary
2366 @item --block-number
2367 @itemx -R
2368
2369 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2370 with the block number in the archive file. @xref{block-number}.
2371
2372 @opindex blocking-factor, summary
2373 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2374 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2375
2376 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2377 record. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2378
2379 @opindex bzip2, summary
2380 @item --bzip2
2381 @itemx -j
2382
2383 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2384 @code{bzip2}. @xref{gzip}.
2385
2386 @opindex checkpoint, summary
2387 @item --checkpoint[=@var{number}]
2388
2389 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint
2390 messages as it reads through the archive. It is intended for when you
2391 want a visual indication that @command{tar} is still running, but
2392 don't want to see @option{--verbose} output. For a detailed
2393 description, see @ref{Progress information}.
2394
2395 @opindex check-links, summary
2396 @item --check-links
2397 @itemx -l
2398 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2399 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2400 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2401 output @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2402 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. The current semantics, which
2403 complies to UNIX98, was introduced with version
2404 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2405
2406 @opindex compress, summary
2407 @opindex uncompress, summary
2408 @item --compress
2409 @itemx --uncompress
2410 @itemx -Z
2411
2412 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2413 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2414 while saving space. @xref{gzip}.
2415
2416 @opindex confirmation, summary
2417 @item --confirmation
2418
2419 (See @option{--interactive}.) @xref{interactive}.
2420
2421 @opindex delay-directory-restore, summary
2422 @item --delay-directory-restore
2423
2424 Delay setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2425 directories until the end of extraction. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2426
2427 @opindex dereference, summary
2428 @item --dereference
2429 @itemx -h
2430
2431 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2432 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2433 symlink. @xref{dereference}.
2434
2435 @opindex directory, summary
2436 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2437 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2438
2439 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2440 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2441 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @xref{directory}.
2442
2443 @opindex exclude, summary
2444 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2445
2446 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2447 @var{pattern}. @xref{exclude}.
2448
2449 @opindex exclude-from, summary
2450 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2451 @itemx -X @var{file}
2452
2453 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2454 patterns in the file @var{file}. @xref{exclude}.
2455
2456 @opindex exclude-caches, summary
2457 @item --exclude-caches
2458
2459 Automatically excludes all directories
2460 containing a cache directory tag. @xref{exclude}.
2461
2462 @opindex file, summary
2463 @item --file=@var{archive}
2464 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2465
2466 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2467 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2468 default. @xref{file tutorial}.
2469
2470 @opindex files-from, summary
2471 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2472 @itemx -T @var{file}
2473
2474 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2475 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2476 command-line. @xref{files}.
2477
2478 @opindex force-local, summary
2479 @item --force-local
2480
2481 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2482 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2483 @xref{local and remote archives}.
2484
2485 @opindex format, summary
2486 @item --format=@var{format}
2487
2488 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2489 following:
2490
2491 @table @samp
2492 @item v7
2493 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2494
2495 @item oldgnu
2496 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2497 1.12 or earlier.
2498
2499 @item gnu
2500 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2501 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2502 numeric fields.
2503
2504 @item ustar
2505 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2506
2507 @item posix
2508 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2509
2510 @end table
2511
2512 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2513
2514 @opindex group, summary
2515 @item --group=@var{group}
2516
2517 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2518 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2519 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2520 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2521
2522 Also see the comments for the @option{--owner=@var{user}} option.
2523
2524 @opindex gzip, summary
2525 @opindex gunzip, summary
2526 @opindex ungzip, summary
2527 @item --gzip
2528 @itemx --gunzip
2529 @itemx --ungzip
2530 @itemx -z
2531
2532 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2533 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2534 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @xref{gzip}.
2535
2536 @opindex help, summary
2537 @item --help
2538
2539 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2540 options to @command{tar} and exit. @xref{help}.
2541
2542 @opindex ignore-case, summary
2543 @item --ignore-case
2544 Ignore case when matching member or file names with
2545 patterns. @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2546
2547 @opindex ignore-command-error, summary
2548 @item --ignore-command-error
2549 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2550
2551 @opindex ignore-failed-read, summary
2552 @item --ignore-failed-read
2553
2554 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2555 @xref{Reading}.
2556
2557 @opindex ignore-zeros, summary
2558 @item --ignore-zeros
2559 @itemx -i
2560
2561 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2562 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2563
2564 @opindex incremental, summary
2565 @item --incremental
2566 @itemx -G
2567
2568 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2569 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2570 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
2571 for a detailed discussion of incremental archives.
2572
2573 @opindex index-file, summary
2574 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2575
2576 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2577
2578 @opindex info-script, summary
2579 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2580 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2581 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2582 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2583
2584 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2585 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2586 @command{tar} fails immediately. @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
2587 discussion of @var{script-file}.
2588
2589 @opindex interactive, summary
2590 @item --interactive
2591 @itemx --confirmation
2592 @itemx -w
2593
2594 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2595 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2596 @xref{interactive}.
2597
2598 @opindex keep-newer-files, summary
2599 @item --keep-newer-files
2600
2601 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2602 when extracting files from an archive.
2603
2604 @opindex keep-old-files, summary
2605 @item --keep-old-files
2606 @itemx -k
2607
2608 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2609 @xref{Keep Old Files}.
2610
2611 @opindex label, summary
2612 @item --label=@var{name}
2613 @itemx -V @var{name}
2614
2615 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2616 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2617 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2618 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @xref{Tape Files}.
2619
2620 @opindex listed-incremental, summary
2621 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2622 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2623
2624 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2625 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2626 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2627 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2628 incremental format. @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
2629
2630 @opindex mode, summary
2631 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2632
2633 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2634 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2635 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2636 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2637 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2638 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2639 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2640 permission system.
2641
2642 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2643 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2644 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2645 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2646 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2647
2648 @opindex multi-volume, summary
2649 @item --multi-volume
2650 @itemx -M
2651
2652 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2653 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
2654
2655 @opindex new-volume-script, summary
2656 @item --new-volume-script
2657
2658 (see --info-script)
2659
2660 @opindex seek, summary
2661 @item --seek
2662 @itemx -n
2663
2664 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2665 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2666 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2667 in cases when such recognition fails.
2668
2669 @opindex newer, summary
2670 @item --newer=@var{date}
2671 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2672 @itemx -N
2673
2674 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2675 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2676 is taken to be the name of a file whose data modification time specifies
2677 the date. @xref{after}.
2678
2679 @opindex newer-mtime, summary
2680 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2681
2682 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2683 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2684 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2685
2686 @opindex no-anchored, summary
2687 @item --no-anchored
2688 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2689 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2690
2691 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore, summary
2692 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
2693
2694 Setting modification times and permissions of extracted
2695 directories when all files from this directory has been
2696 extracted. This is the default. @xref{Directory Modification Times and Permissions}.
2697
2698 @opindex no-ignore-case, summary
2699 @item --no-ignore-case
2700 Use case-sensitive matching.
2701 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2702
2703 @opindex no-ignore-command-error, summary
2704 @item --no-ignore-command-error
2705 Print warnings about subprocesses terminated with a non-zero exit
2706 code. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
2707
2708 @opindex no-quote-chars, summary
2709 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
2710 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
2711 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option
2712 (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2713
2714 @opindex no-recursion, summary
2715 @item --no-recursion
2716
2717 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2718 @xref{recurse}.
2719
2720 @opindex no-same-owner, summary
2721 @item --no-same-owner
2722 @itemx -o
2723
2724 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2725 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2726 for ordinary users.
2727
2728 @opindex no-same-permissions, summary
2729 @item --no-same-permissions
2730
2731 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2732 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2733 for ordinary users.
2734
2735 @opindex no-wildcards, summary
2736 @item --no-wildcards
2737 Do not use wildcards.
2738 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2739
2740 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash, summary
2741 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2742 Wildcards do not match @samp{/}.
2743 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
2744
2745 @opindex null, summary
2746 @item --null
2747
2748 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2749 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @option{NUL}, so
2750 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2751 @xref{nul}.
2752
2753 @opindex numeric-owner, summary
2754 @item --numeric-owner
2755
2756 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2757 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2758 @xref{Attributes}.
2759
2760 @item -o
2761 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2762 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2763 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2764
2765 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2766 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2767 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2768 removed in the future releases.
2769
2770 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
2771
2772 @opindex occurrence, summary
2773 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2774
2775 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2776 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2777 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2778 line or via @option{-T} option.
2779
2780 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2781 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2782
2783 @smallexample
2784 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2785 @end smallexample
2786
2787 @noindent
2788 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2789 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2790
2791 @opindex old-archive, summary
2792 @item --old-archive
2793 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2794
2795 @opindex one-file-system, summary
2796 @item --one-file-system
2797 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2798 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2799 directory @footnote{Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2800 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. This has changed in version
2801 1.15.91. @xref{Changes}, for more information.}.
2802
2803 @opindex overwrite, summary
2804 @item --overwrite
2805
2806 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2807 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2808
2809 @opindex overwrite-dir, summary
2810 @item --overwrite-dir
2811
2812 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2813 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2814
2815 @opindex owner, summary
2816 @item --owner=@var{user}
2817
2818 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2819 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2820 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2821 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2822 @FIXME-xref{}
2823
2824 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2825 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2826 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2827 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2828
2829 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2830
2831 @opindex transform, summary
2832 @item --transform=@var{sed-expr}
2833
2834 Transform file or member names using @command{sed} replacement expression
2835 @var{sed-expr}. For example,
2836
2837 @smallexample
2838 $ @kbd{tar cf archive.tar --transform 's,^\./,usr/,' .}
2839 @end smallexample
2840
2841 @noindent
2842 will add to @file{archive} files from the current working directory,
2843 replacing initial @samp{./} prefix with @samp{usr/}. For the detailed
2844 discussion, @xref{transform}.
2845
2846 To see transformed member names in verbose listings, use
2847 @option{--show-transformed-names} option
2848 (@pxref{show-transformed-names}).
2849
2850 @opindex quote-chars, summary
2851 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
2852 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
2853 quoting style would not quote them (@pxref{quoting styles}).
2854
2855 @opindex quoting-style, summary
2856 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
2857 Set quoting style to use when printing member and file names
2858 (@pxref{quoting styles}). Valid @var{style} values are:
2859 @code{literal}, @code{shell}, @code{shell-always}, @code{c},
2860 @code{escape}, @code{locale}, and @code{clocale}. Default quoting
2861 style is @code{escape}, unless overridden while configuring the
2862 package.
2863
2864 @opindex pax-option, summary
2865 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2866 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2867 (@pxref{posix}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2868 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2869 list of keyword options. @xref{PAX keywords}, for a detailed
2870 discussion.
2871
2872 @opindex portability, summary
2873 @item --portability
2874 @itemx --old-archive
2875 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2876
2877 @opindex posix, summary
2878 @item --posix
2879 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2880
2881 @opindex preserve, summary
2882 @item --preserve
2883
2884 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2885 @option{--same-order}. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2886
2887 @opindex preserve-order, summary
2888 @item --preserve-order
2889
2890 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2891
2892 @opindex preserve-permissions, summary
2893 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2894 @item --preserve-permissions
2895 @itemx --same-permissions
2896 @itemx -p
2897
2898 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2899 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2900 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2901 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2902 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Setting Access Permissions}.
2903
2904 @opindex read-full-records, summary
2905 @item --read-full-records
2906 @itemx -B
2907
2908 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2909 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2910
2911 @opindex record-size, summary
2912 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2913
2914 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2915 archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
2916
2917 @opindex recursion, summary
2918 @item --recursion
2919
2920 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2921 @xref{recurse}.
2922
2923 @opindex recursive-unlink, summary
2924 @item --recursive-unlink
2925
2926 Remove existing
2927 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2928 from the archive. @xref{Recursive Unlink}.
2929
2930 @opindex remove-files, summary
2931 @item --remove-files
2932
2933 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2934 appending it to an archive. @xref{remove files}.
2935
2936 @opindex restrict, summary
2937 @item --restrict
2938
2939 Disable use of some potentially harmful @command{tar} options.
2940 Currently this option disables shell invocaton from multi-volume menu
2941 (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}).
2942
2943 @opindex rmt-command, summary
2944 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2945
2946 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2947 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2948
2949 @opindex rsh-command, summary
2950 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2951
2952 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2953 devices. @xref{Device}.
2954
2955 @opindex same-order, summary
2956 @item --same-order
2957 @itemx --preserve-order
2958 @itemx -s
2959
2960 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2961 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2962 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2963 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2964
2965 @opindex same-owner, summary
2966 @item --same-owner
2967
2968 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2969 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2970 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2971 effect only for ordinary users. @xref{Attributes}.
2972
2973 @opindex same-permissions, summary
2974 @item --same-permissions
2975
2976 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Setting Access Permissions}.)
2977
2978 @opindex show-defaults, summary
2979 @item --show-defaults
2980
2981 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2982 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2983 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2984
2985 @smallexample
2986 $ tar --show-defaults
2987 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --quoting-style=escape \
2988 --rmt-command=/usr/libexec/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
2989 @end smallexample
2990
2991 @opindex show-omitted-dirs, summary
2992 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2993
2994 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2995 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @xref{show-omitted-dirs}.
2996
2997 @opindex show-transformed-names, summary
2998 @opindex show-stored-names, summary
2999 @item --show-transformed-names
3000 @itemx --show-stored-names
3001
3002 Display file or member names after applying any transformations
3003 (@pxref{transform}). In particular, when used in conjunction with one of
3004 archive creation operations it instructs tar to list the member names
3005 stored in the archive, as opposed to the actual file
3006 names. @xref{listing member and file names}.
3007
3008 @opindex sparse, summary
3009 @item --sparse
3010 @itemx -S
3011
3012 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
3013 sparse files efficiently. @xref{sparse}.
3014
3015 @opindex starting-file, summary
3016 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
3017 @itemx -K @var{name}
3018
3019 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
3020 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
3021 @xref{Scarce}.
3022
3023 @opindex strip-components, summary
3024 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
3025 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
3026 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
3027 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
3028 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
3029
3030 @smallexample
3031 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
3032 @end smallexample
3033
3034 @noindent
3035 would extract this file to file @file{name}.
3036
3037 @opindex suffix, summary
3038 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
3039
3040 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
3041 @samp{~}. @xref{backup}.
3042
3043 @opindex tape-length, summary
3044 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
3045 @itemx -L @var{num}
3046
3047 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
3048 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}.
3049
3050 @opindex test-label, summary
3051 @item --test-label
3052
3053 Reads the volume label. If an argument is specified, test whether it
3054 matches the volume label. @xref{--test-label option}.
3055
3056 @opindex to-command, summary
3057 @item --to-command=@var{command}
3058
3059 During extraction @command{tar} will pipe extracted files to the
3060 standard input of @var{command}. @xref{Writing to an External Program}.
3061
3062 @opindex to-stdout, summary
3063 @item --to-stdout
3064 @itemx -O
3065
3066 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
3067 than to the file system. @xref{Writing to Standard Output}.
3068
3069 @opindex totals, summary
3070 @item --totals
3071
3072 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
3073 @xref{verbose}.
3074
3075 @opindex touch, summary
3076 @item --touch
3077 @itemx -m
3078
3079 Sets the data modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
3080 rather than the data modification time stored in the archive.
3081 @xref{Data Modification Times}.
3082
3083 @opindex uncompress, summary
3084 @item --uncompress
3085
3086 (See @option{--compress}. @pxref{gzip})
3087
3088 @opindex ungzip, summary
3089 @item --ungzip
3090
3091 (See @option{--gzip}. @pxref{gzip})
3092
3093 @opindex unlink-first, summary
3094 @item --unlink-first
3095 @itemx -U
3096
3097 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
3098 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Unlink First}.
3099
3100 @opindex use-compress-program, summary
3101 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
3102
3103 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
3104 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @xref{gzip}.
3105
3106 @opindex utc, summary
3107 @item --utc
3108
3109 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
3110 @option{--verbose}.
3111
3112 @opindex verbose, summary
3113 @item --verbose
3114 @itemx -v
3115
3116 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
3117 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
3118 operations to increase the amount of information displayed.
3119 @xref{verbose}.
3120
3121 @opindex verify, summary
3122 @item --verify
3123 @itemx -W
3124
3125 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
3126 archive. @xref{verify}.
3127
3128 @opindex version, summary
3129 @item --version
3130
3131 Print information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
3132 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
3133 @xref{help}.
3134
3135 @opindex volno-file, summary
3136 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
3137
3138 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
3139 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
3140 @xref{volno-file}.
3141
3142 @opindex wildcards, summary
3143 @item --wildcards
3144 Use wildcards when matching member names with patterns.
3145 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3146
3147 @opindex wildcards-match-slash, summary
3148 @item --wildcards-match-slash
3149 Wildcards match @samp{/}.
3150 @xref{controlling pattern-matching}.
3151 @end table
3152
3153 @node Short Option Summary
3154 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
3155
3156 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
3157 them with the equivalent long option.
3158
3159 @table @option
3160
3161 @item -A
3162
3163 @option{--concatenate}
3164
3165 @item -B
3166
3167 @option{--read-full-records}
3168
3169 @item -C
3170
3171 @option{--directory}
3172
3173 @item -F
3174
3175 @option{--info-script}
3176
3177 @item -G
3178
3179 @option{--incremental}
3180
3181 @item -K
3182
3183 @option{--starting-file}
3184
3185 @item -L
3186
3187 @option{--tape-length}
3188
3189 @item -M
3190
3191 @option{--multi-volume}
3192
3193 @item -N
3194
3195 @option{--newer}
3196
3197 @item -O
3198
3199 @option{--to-stdout}
3200
3201 @item -P
3202
3203 @option{--absolute-names}
3204
3205 @item -R
3206
3207 @option{--block-number}
3208
3209 @item -S
3210
3211 @option{--sparse}
3212
3213 @item -T
3214
3215 @option{--files-from}
3216
3217 @item -U
3218
3219 @option{--unlink-first}
3220
3221 @item -V
3222
3223 @option{--label}
3224
3225 @item -W
3226
3227 @option{--verify}
3228
3229 @item -X
3230
3231 @option{--exclude-from}
3232
3233 @item -Z
3234
3235 @option{--compress}
3236
3237 @item -b
3238
3239 @option{--blocking-factor}
3240
3241 @item -c
3242
3243 @option{--create}
3244
3245 @item -d
3246
3247 @option{--compare}
3248
3249 @item -f
3250
3251 @option{--file}
3252
3253 @item -g
3254
3255 @option{--listed-incremental}
3256
3257 @item -h
3258
3259 @option{--dereference}
3260
3261 @item -i
3262
3263 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3264
3265 @item -j
3266
3267 @option{--bzip2}
3268
3269 @item -k
3270
3271 @option{--keep-old-files}
3272
3273 @item -l
3274
3275 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3276 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3277 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3278
3279 @xref{Changes}, for more information.
3280
3281 @item -m
3282
3283 @option{--touch}
3284
3285 @item -o
3286
3287 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3288 @option{--portability}.
3289
3290 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3291 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3292 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3293
3294 @item -p
3295
3296 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3297
3298 @item -r
3299
3300 @option{--append}
3301
3302 @item -s
3303
3304 @option{--same-order}
3305
3306 @item -t
3307
3308 @option{--list}
3309
3310 @item -u
3311
3312 @option{--update}
3313
3314 @item -v
3315
3316 @option{--verbose}
3317
3318 @item -w
3319
3320 @option{--interactive}
3321
3322 @item -x
3323
3324 @option{--extract}
3325
3326 @item -z
3327
3328 @option{--gzip}
3329
3330 @end table
3331
3332 @node help
3333 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3334
3335 @cindex Getting program version number
3336 @opindex version
3337 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3338 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3339 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @option{--version} option
3340 causes @command{tar} to print information about its name, version,
3341 origin and legal status, all on standard output, and then exit
3342 successfully. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might print:
3343
3344 @smallexample
3345 tar (GNU tar) 1.15.2
3346 Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3347 This is free software. You may redistribute copies of it under the terms of
3348 the GNU General Public License <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
3349 There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
3350
3351 Written by John Gilmore and Jay Fenlason.
3352 @end smallexample
3353
3354 @noindent
3355 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3356 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3357 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3358 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3359 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3360 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3361 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3362 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3363 @option{--version} would not output @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3364 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3365
3366 @cindex Obtaining help
3367 @cindex Listing all @command{tar} options
3368 @opindex help, introduction
3369 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3370 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3371 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3372 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3373 @option{--help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3374 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3375 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3376 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3377 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3378 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3379
3380 @smallexample
3381 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3382 @end smallexample
3383
3384 @noindent
3385 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3386 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3387 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3388 @option{--help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3389
3390 @smallexample
3391 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3392 @end smallexample
3393
3394 @noindent
3395 for getting only the pertinent lines. Notice, however, that some
3396 @command{tar} options have long description lines and the above
3397 command will list only the first of them.
3398
3399 The exact look of the option summary displayed by @kbd{tar --help} is
3400 configurable. @xref{Configuring Help Summary}, for a detailed description.
3401
3402 @opindex usage
3403 If you only wish to check the spelling of an option, running @kbd{tar
3404 --usage} may be a better choice. This will display a terse list of
3405 @command{tar} option without accompanying explanations.
3406
3407 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3408 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3409 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3410 form. This manual is available in a variety of forms from
3411 @url{http://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual}. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3412 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3413 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3414 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3415 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3416 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3417 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3418 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3419 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3420 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3421
3422 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3423 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3424 either it does not belong to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3425 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Some package maintainers convert
3426 @kbd{tar --help} output to a man page, using @command{help2man}. In
3427 any case, please bear in mind that the authoritative source of
3428 information about @GNUTAR{} is this Texinfo documentation.
3429
3430 @node defaults
3431 @section Obtaining @GNUTAR{} default values
3432
3433 @opindex show-defaults
3434 @GNUTAR{} has some predefined defaults that are used when you do not
3435 explicitely specify another values. To obtain a list of such
3436 defaults, use @option{--show-defaults} option. This will output the
3437 values in the form of @command{tar} command line options:
3438
3439 @smallexample
3440 @group
3441 @kbd{tar --show-defaults}
3442 --format=gnu -f- -b20 --rmt-command=/etc/rmt --rsh-command=/usr/bin/rsh
3443 @end group
3444 @end smallexample
3445
3446 @noindent
3447 The above output shows that this version of @GNUTAR{} defaults to
3448 using @samp{gnu} archive format (@pxref{Formats}), it uses standard
3449 output as the archive, if no @option{--file} option has been given
3450 (@pxref{file tutorial}), the default blocking factor is 20
3451 (@pxref{Blocking Factor}). It also shows the default locations where
3452 @command{tar} will look for @command{rmt} and @command{rsh} binaries.
3453
3454 @node verbose
3455 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3456
3457 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3458 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3459 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3460 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3461 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3462 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3463 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3464 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3465 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3466 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3467 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3468 helpful diagnostic tools.
3469
3470 @cindex Verbose operation
3471 @opindex verbose
3472 Normally, the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) command to list an archive
3473 prints just the file names (one per line) and the other commands are
3474 silent. When used with most operations, the @option{--verbose}
3475 (@option{-v}) option causes @command{tar} to print the name of each
3476 file or archive member as it is processed. This and the other options
3477 which make @command{tar} print status information can be useful in
3478 monitoring @command{tar}.
3479
3480 With @option{--create} or @option{--extract}, @option{--verbose} used
3481 once just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3482 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing
3483 (reminiscent of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @option{--list}
3484 already prints the names of the members, @option{--verbose} used once
3485 with @option{--list} causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l}
3486 type listing of the files in the archive. The following examples both
3487 extract members with long list output:
3488
3489 @smallexample
3490 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3491 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3492 @end smallexample
3493
3494 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3495 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3496 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3497 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3498 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3499
3500 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3501 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3502 error.
3503
3504 @cindex Obtaining total status information
3505 @opindex totals
3506 The @option{--totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3507 @option{--create} (@option{-c})---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3508 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3509
3510 @anchor{Progress information}
3511 @cindex Progress information
3512 @opindex checkpoint
3513 The @option{--checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3514 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. It is designed for
3515 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3516 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}), but do want visual confirmation
3517 that @command{tar} is actually making forward progress. By default it
3518 prints a message each 10 records read or written. This can be changed
3519 by giving it a numeric argument after an equal sign:
3520
3521 @smallexample
3522 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=1000} /var
3523 tar: Write checkpoint 1000
3524 tar: Write checkpoint 2000
3525 tar: Write checkpoint 3000
3526 @end smallexample
3527
3528 This example shows the default checkpoint message used by
3529 @command{tar}. If you place a dot immediately after the equal
3530 sign, it will print a @samp{.} at each checkpoint. For example:
3531
3532 @smallexample
3533 $ @kbd{tar -c --checkpoint=.1000} /var
3534 ...
3535 @end smallexample
3536
3537 @opindex show-omitted-dirs
3538 @anchor{show-omitted-dirs}
3539 The @option{--show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3540 @option{--list} or @option{--extract}, for example---causes a message
3541 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3542 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3543 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3544 it might be excluded by the use of the
3545 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option, or some other reason.
3546
3547 @opindex block-number
3548 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3549 @anchor{block-number}
3550 If @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3551 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3552 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3553 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3554 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3555 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3556 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3557 @option{--block-number} (@option{-R}) is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3558 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3559 archive from a pipe.
3560
3561 @cindex Error message, block number of
3562 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3563 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3564 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3565 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3566 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3567 front of the tape). @xref{backup}.
3568
3569 @node interactive
3570 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3571 @cindex Interactive operation
3572
3573 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3574 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3575 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3576 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3577 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3578 an operation interactively, using the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option.
3579 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3580
3581 @opindex interactive
3582 When the @option{--interactive} (@option{-w}) option is specified, before
3583 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3584 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3585 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3586 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3587 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3588 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3589 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3590 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3591
3592 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3593 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3594 communications.
3595
3596 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3597 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3598 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3599 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3600 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3601 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3602 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3603 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3604 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3605 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3606 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3607
3608 @node operations
3609 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3610
3611 @menu
3612 * Basic tar::
3613 * Advanced tar::
3614 * create options::
3615 * extract options::
3616 * backup::
3617 * Applications::
3618 * looking ahead::
3619 @end menu
3620
3621 @node Basic tar
3622 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3623
3624 The basic @command{tar} operations, @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
3625 @option{--list} (@option{-t}) and @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
3626 @option{-x}), are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3627 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3628 for these operations.
3629
3630 @table @option
3631 @opindex create, complementary notes
3632 @item --create
3633 @itemx -c
3634
3635 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3636 initialize an empty archive and later use @option{--append}
3637 (@option{-r}) for adding all members. Some applications would not
3638 welcome making an exception in the way of adding the first archive
3639 member. On the other hand, many people reported that it is
3640 dangerously too easy for @command{tar} to destroy a magnetic tape with
3641 an empty archive@footnote{This is well described in @cite{Unix-haters
3642 Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG
3643 Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most common errors are:
3644
3645 @enumerate
3646 @item
3647 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3648 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3649 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3650 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3651 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3652 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3653
3654 @item
3655 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3656 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3657 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3658 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3659 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3660 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3661 @end enumerate
3662
3663 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3664 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3665 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @option{--create} option is
3666 given, there are no arguments besides options, and
3667 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}) option is @emph{not} used. To get
3668 around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{} and nevertheless create an
3669 archive with nothing in it, one may still use, as the value for the
3670 @option{--files-from} option, a file with no names in it, as shown in
3671 the following commands:
3672
3673 @smallexample
3674 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3675 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3676 @end smallexample
3677
3678 @opindex extract, complementary notes
3679 @item --extract
3680 @itemx --get
3681 @itemx -x
3682
3683 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3684
3685 @item @option{--list} (@option{-t})
3686
3687 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3688 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. Preferably,
3689 people should get used to ISO 8601 dates. Local American dates should
3690 be made available again with full date localization support, once
3691 ready. In the meantime, programs not being localizable for dates
3692 should prefer international dates, that's really the way to go.
3693
3694 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3695 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3696
3697 @end table
3698
3699 @node Advanced tar
3700 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3701
3702 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3703 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3704
3705 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3706 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3707 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3708 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3709 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3710 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3711 error correction in special circumstances.
3712
3713 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3714 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3715
3716 @menu
3717 * Operations::
3718 * append::
3719 * update::
3720 * concatenate::
3721 * delete::
3722 * compare::
3723 @end menu
3724
3725 @node Operations
3726 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3727 @UNREVISED
3728
3729 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3730 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3731 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3732 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3733
3734 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3735 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3736 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3737 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3738 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3739 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3740 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3741 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3742
3743 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3744 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3745 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3746 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3747
3748 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3749 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3750 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3751 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3752 where the last chapter left them.)
3753
3754 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3755
3756 @table @option
3757 @item --append
3758 @itemx -r
3759 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3760 @item --update
3761 @itemx -r
3762 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3763 they exist.
3764 @item --concatenate
3765 @itemx --catenate
3766 @itemx -A
3767 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3768 @item --delete
3769 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3770 @item --compare
3771 @itemx --diff
3772 @itemx -d
3773 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3774 @end table
3775
3776 @node append
3777 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3778 @UNREVISED
3779
3780 @opindex append
3781 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3782 create a new archive; you can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}).
3783 The archive must already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A
3784 related operation is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this
3785 to add newer versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3786 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3787
3788 If you use @option{--append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3789 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3790 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3791 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3792 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3793 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3794 view an archive with @option{--list} (@option{-t}), you will see all
3795 of those members listed, with their data modification times, owners, etc.
3796
3797 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3798 prefer; if you were to use @option{--extract} to extract the archive,
3799 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3800 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3801 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3802 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3803 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3804 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3805 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3806 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3807 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3808 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3809 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3810 extracted before it, and so on.
3811
3812 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3813 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3814 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3815 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3816 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3817 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3818 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3819 the command
3820
3821 @smallexample
3822 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3823 @end smallexample
3824
3825 @noindent
3826 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option
3827 Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @option{--occurrence}
3828 option.
3829
3830 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3831 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3832
3833 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3834 with the Same Name.}
3835
3836 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3837 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3838 If you want to replace an archive member, use @option{--delete} to
3839 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3840 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3841 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3842 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3843 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3844 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3845 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3846
3847 @menu
3848 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3849 * multiple::
3850 @end menu
3851
3852 @node appending files
3853 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3854 @UNREVISED
3855 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3856 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3857 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3858
3859 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3860 @option{--append} (@option{-r}) operation, which writes specified
3861 files into the archive whether or not they are already among the
3862 archived files.
3863
3864 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3865 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3866 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3867 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3868 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3869 command line. The @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}) option will print
3870 out the names of the files as they are written into the archive.
3871
3872 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3873 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3874 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3875 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3876
3877 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3878 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3879 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3880 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3881 @file{collection.tar}:
3882
3883 @smallexample
3884 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3885 @end smallexample
3886
3887 @noindent
3888 If you now use the @option{--list} (@option{-t}) operation, you will see that
3889 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3890
3891 @smallexample
3892 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3893 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3894 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3895 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3896 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3897 @end smallexample
3898
3899 @node multiple
3900 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3901
3902 You can use @option{--append} (@option{-r}) to add copies of files
3903 which have been updated since the archive was created. (However, we
3904 do not recommend doing this since there is another @command{tar}
3905 option called @option{--update}; @xref{update}, for more information.
3906 We describe this use of @option{--append} here for the sake of
3907 completeness.) When you extract the archive, the older version will
3908 be effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3909 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3910 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3911 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the
3912 older version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete
3913 all versions of the file.
3914
3915 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3916 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3917 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3918 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3919 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3920 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3921 newer version when it is extracted.
3922
3923 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3924 archive in this way:
3925
3926 @smallexample
3927 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3928 blues
3929 @end smallexample
3930
3931 @noindent
3932 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3933 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3934 list the contents of the archive:
3935
3936 @smallexample
3937 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3938 -rw-r--r-- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3939 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3940 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3941 -rw-r--r-- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3942 -rw-r--r-- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3943 @end smallexample
3944
3945 @noindent
3946 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3947 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3948 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3949 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3950 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3951
3952 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3953 from the archive, use @option{--occurrence} option, as shown in
3954 the following example:
3955
3956 @smallexample
3957 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3958 -rw-r--r-- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3959 @end smallexample
3960
3961 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @option{--extract} and
3962 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3963 @option{--occurrence} option.
3964
3965 @node update
3966 @subsection Updating an Archive
3967 @UNREVISED
3968 @cindex Updating an archive
3969
3970 @opindex update
3971 In the previous section, you learned how to use @option{--append} to
3972 add a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3973 @option{--update} (@option{-u}). The @option{--update} operation
3974 updates a @command{tar} archive by comparing the date of the specified
3975 archive members against the date of the file with the same name. If
3976 the file has been modified more recently than the archive member, then
3977 the newer version of the file is added to the archive (as with
3978 @option{--append}).
3979
3980 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3981 The operation will fail.
3982
3983 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3984 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3985
3986 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3987 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3988 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3989 the @option{--backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3990 Same Name}
3991
3992 @menu
3993 * how to update::
3994 @end menu
3995
3996 @node how to update
3997 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3998
3999 You must use file name arguments with the @option{--update}
4000 (@option{-u}) operation. If you don't specify any files,
4001 @command{tar} won't act on any files and won't tell you that it didn't
4002 do anything (which may end up confusing you).
4003
4004 @c note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
4005 @c behavior just confused the author. :-)
4006
4007 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
4008 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
4009 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
4010 the @samp{update} operation and the @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
4011 option specified, using the names of all the files in the practice
4012 directory as file name arguments:
4013
4014 @smallexample
4015 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
4016 blues
4017 classical
4018 $
4019 @end smallexample
4020
4021 @noindent
4022 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
4023 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
4024 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
4025 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
4026 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
4027 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
4028 updating it.
4029
4030 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
4031 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
4032 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
4033 information about tapes.
4034
4035 @option{--update} (@option{-u}) is not suitable for performing backups for two
4036 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
4037 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
4038 options intended specifically for backups are more
4039 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
4040
4041 @node concatenate
4042 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
4043
4044 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
4045 @cindex Concatenating Archives
4046 @opindex concatenate
4047 @opindex catenate
4048 @c @cindex @option{-A} described
4049 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
4050 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
4051 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
4052 @option{--concatenate} (@option{--catenate}, @option{-A}) operation.
4053
4054 To use @option{--concatenate}, give the first archive with
4055 @option{--file} option and name the rest of archives to be
4056 concatenated on the command line. The members, and their member
4057 names, will be copied verbatim from those archives to the first one.
4058 @FIXME-ref{This can cause multiple members to have the same name, for
4059 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
4060 Members with the Same Name.}
4061 The new, concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the
4062 one given with the @option{--file} option. As usual, if you omit
4063 @option{--file}, @command{tar} will use the value of the environment
4064 variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the default archive name.
4065
4066 @FIXME{There is no way to specify a new name...}
4067
4068 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
4069 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
4070 files from @file{practice}:
4071
4072 @smallexample
4073 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
4074 blues
4075 rock
4076 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
4077 folk
4078 jazz
4079 @end smallexample
4080
4081 @noindent
4082 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
4083 contain what they are supposed to:
4084
4085 @smallexample
4086 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
4087 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
4088 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
4089 $ @kbd{tar -tvf jazzfolk.tar}
4090 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
4091 -rw-r--r-- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
4092 @end smallexample
4093
4094 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
4095
4096 @smallexample
4097 $ @kbd{cd ..}
4098 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
4099 @end smallexample
4100
4101 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesrock.tar}, you will see
4102 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
4103
4104 @smallexample
4105 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
4106 blues
4107 rock
4108 folk
4109 jazz
4110 @end smallexample
4111
4112 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
4113 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
4114 parameters. Notice, that @command{tar} does not check whether the
4115 archives it concatenates have compatible formats, it does not
4116 even check if the files are really tar archives.
4117
4118 Like @option{--append} (@option{-r}), this operation cannot be performed on some
4119 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
4120
4121 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
4122 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
4123 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
4124 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
4125 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
4126
4127 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
4128 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
4129 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
4130 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
4131 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
4132 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
4133 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
4134 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
4135 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
4136 @command{cat} shell utility.
4137
4138 @node delete
4139 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
4140 @UNREVISED
4141 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
4142 @cindex Removing files from an archive
4143
4144 @opindex delete
4145 You can remove members from an archive by using the @option{--delete}
4146 option. Specify the name of the archive with @option{--file}
4147 (@option{-f}) and then specify the names of the members to be deleted;
4148 if you list no member names, nothing will be deleted. The
4149 @option{--verbose} option will cause @command{tar} to print the names
4150 of the members as they are deleted. As with @option{--extract}, you
4151 must give the exact member names when using @samp{tar --delete}.
4152 @option{--delete} will remove all versions of the named file from the
4153 archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run very slowly.
4154
4155 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
4156
4157 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
4158 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
4159 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
4160 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
4161 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
4162 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
4163 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
4164 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
4165 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
4166 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
4167
4168 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
4169 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
4170 are in that directory, and then,
4171
4172 @smallexample
4173 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4174 blues
4175 folk
4176 jazz
4177 rock
4178 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
4179 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
4180 folk
4181 jazz
4182 rock
4183 $
4184 @end smallexample
4185
4186 @FIXME{Check if the above listing is actually produced after running
4187 all the examples on collection.tar.}
4188
4189 The @option{--delete} option has been reported to work properly when
4190 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
4191
4192 @node compare
4193 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
4194 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
4195 @UNREVISED
4196
4197 @opindex compare
4198 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
4199 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
4200 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
4201 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
4202 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
4203 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
4204 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
4205
4206 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
4207 archive with a non-default record size.
4208
4209 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
4210 corresponding members in the archive.
4211
4212 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
4213 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
4214 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
4215 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
4216
4217 @smallexample
4218 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
4219 rock
4220 blues
4221 tar: funk not found in archive
4222 @end smallexample
4223
4224 The spirit behind the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4225 @option{-d}) option is to check whether the archive represents the
4226 current state of files on disk, more than validating the integrity of
4227 the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
4228
4229 @node create options
4230 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
4231
4232 @opindex create, additional options
4233 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
4234 @option{--create} (@option{-c}) to create an archive from a set of files.
4235 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
4236 @option{--create}.
4237
4238 @menu
4239 * Ignore Failed Read::
4240 @end menu
4241
4242 @node Ignore Failed Read
4243 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
4244
4245 @table @option
4246 @item --ignore-failed-read
4247 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
4248 @end table
4249
4250 @node extract options
4251 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
4252 @UNREVISED
4253
4254 @opindex extract, additional options
4255 The previous chapter showed how to use @option{--extract} to extract
4256 an archive into the file system. Various options cause @command{tar} to
4257 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
4258 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
4259 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
4260 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
4261 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
4262 @option{--extract} operation.
4263
4264 @menu
4265 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
4266 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4267 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
4268 @end menu
4269
4270 @node Reading
4271 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
4272 @cindex Options when reading archives
4273 @UNREVISED
4274
4275 @cindex Reading incomplete records
4276 @cindex Records, incomplete
4277 @opindex read-full-records
4278 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
4279 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
4280 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
4281 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
4282 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
4283 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
4284 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option
4285 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} or @option{--list} operations.
4286 @xref{Blocking}.
4287
4288 The @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option is turned on by default when
4289 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4290 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4291 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4292 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4293 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4294
4295 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4296 read the archive by specifying @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) and
4297 @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
4298 @var{512-size}}), using a blocking factor larger than what the archive
4299 uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4300 of an archive. @xref{Blocking Factor}.
4301
4302 @menu
4303 * read full records::
4304 * Ignore Zeros::
4305 @end menu
4306
4307 @node read full records
4308 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4309
4310 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4311
4312 @table @option
4313 @opindex read-full-records
4314 @item --read-full-records
4315 @item -B
4316 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4317 @option{-x}) to read an archive which contains incomplete records, or
4318 one which has a blocking factor less than the one specified.
4319 @end table
4320
4321 @node Ignore Zeros
4322 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4323
4324 @cindex End-of-archive blocks, ignoring
4325 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive blocks
4326 @opindex ignore-zeros
4327 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4328 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4329 @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) allows @command{tar} to
4330 completely read an archive which contains a block of zeros before the
4331 end (i.e., a damaged archive, or one that was created by concatenating
4332 several archives together).
4333
4334 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option is turned off by default because many
4335 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4336 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4337 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4338 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4339
4340 @table @option
4341 @item --ignore-zeros
4342 @itemx -i
4343 To ignore blocks of zeros (i.e., end-of-archive entries) which may be
4344 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4345 @option{--extract} or @option{--list}.
4346 @end table
4347
4348 @node Writing
4349 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4350 @UNREVISED
4351
4352 @FIXME{Introductory paragraph}
4353
4354 @menu
4355 * Dealing with Old Files::
4356 * Overwrite Old Files::
4357 * Keep Old Files::
4358 * Keep Newer Files::
4359 * Unlink First::
4360 * Recursive Unlink::
4361 * Data Modification Times::
4362 * Setting Access Permissions::
4363 * Directory Modification Times and Permissions::
4364 * Writing to Standard Output::
4365 * Writing to an External Program::
4366 * remove files::
4367 @end menu
4368
4369 @node Dealing with Old Files
4370 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4371
4372 @opindex overwrite-dir, introduced
4373 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4374 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4375 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4376 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4377 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4378 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4379 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4380 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4381 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4382
4383 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4384 @opindex keep-old-files, introduced
4385 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4386 the @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4387 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4388 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4389 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4390
4391 @opindex overwrite, introduced
4392 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4393 @option{--overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4394 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4395
4396 @cindex Protecting old files
4397 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4398 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4399 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4400 state of the file system when the archive was created. It is debatable
4401 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4402 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4403 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4404 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4405 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4406 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4407 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4408 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4409 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4410 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4411 example, but @emph{only if} @option{--recursive-unlink} is specified
4412 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4413 removed.
4414
4415 @opindex unlink-first, introduced
4416 Finally, the @option{--unlink-first} (@option{-U}) option can improve performance in
4417 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4418 before extracting them.
4419
4420 @node Overwrite Old Files
4421 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4422
4423 @table @option
4424 @opindex overwrite
4425 @item --overwrite
4426 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4427 from an archive.
4428
4429 This causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4430 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4431 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4432 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4433 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4434 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4435 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4436 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4437 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4438 they are in the way of extraction.
4439
4440 Be careful when using the @option{--overwrite} option, particularly when
4441 combined with the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option, as this combination
4442 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4443 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4444 are currently being executed.
4445
4446 @opindex overwrite-dir
4447 @item --overwrite-dir
4448 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4449 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4450 @end table
4451
4452 @node Keep Old Files
4453 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4454
4455 @table @option
4456 @opindex keep-old-files
4457 @item --keep-old-files
4458 @itemx -k
4459 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4460 @option{--keep-old-files} (@option{-k}) option prevents @command{tar}
4461 from replacing existing files with files with the same name from the
4462 archive. The @option{--keep-old-files} option is meaningless with
4463 @option{--list} (@option{-t}). Prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4464 files in the file system during extraction.
4465 @end table
4466
4467 @node Keep Newer Files
4468 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4469
4470 @table @option
4471 @opindex keep-newer-files
4472 @item --keep-newer-files
4473 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4474 copies. This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4475 @end table
4476
4477 @node Unlink First
4478 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4479
4480 @table @option
4481 @opindex unlink-first
4482 @item --unlink-first
4483 @itemx -U
4484 Remove files before extracting over them.
4485 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4486 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4487 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4488 @end table
4489
4490 @node Recursive Unlink
4491 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4492
4493 @table @option
4494 @opindex recursive-unlink
4495 @item --recursive-unlink
4496 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4497 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4498 @end table
4499
4500 If you specify the @option{--recursive-unlink} option,
4501 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4502 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4503 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4504
4505 @node Data Modification Times
4506 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Data Modification Times
4507
4508 @cindex Data modification times of extracted files
4509 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4510 Normally, @command{tar} sets the data modification times of extracted
4511 files to the corresponding times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4512 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4513 setting.
4514
4515 To set the data modification times of extracted files to the time when
4516 the files were extracted, use the @option{--touch} (@option{-m}) option in
4517 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4518
4519 @table @option
4520 @opindex touch
4521 @item --touch
4522 @itemx -m
4523 Sets the data modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4524 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4525 Use in conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4526 @end table
4527
4528 @node Setting Access Permissions
4529 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4530
4531 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4532 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4533 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4534 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4535 in conjunction with the @option{--extract} (@option{--get},
4536 @option{-x}) operation.
4537
4538 @table @option
4539 @opindex preserve-permission
4540 @opindex same-permission
4541 @item --preserve-permission
4542 @itemx --same-permission
4543 @c @itemx --ignore-umask
4544 @itemx -p
4545 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4546 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4547 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4548 @end table
4549
4550 @node Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4551 @unnumberedsubsubsec Directory Modification Times and Permissions
4552
4553 After sucessfully extracting a file member, @GNUTAR{} normally
4554 restores its permissions and modification times, as described in the
4555 previous sections. This cannot be done for directories, because
4556 after extracting a directory @command{tar} will almost certainly
4557 extract files into that directory and this will cause the directory
4558 modification time to be updated. Moreover, restoring that directory
4559 permissions may not permit file creation within it. Thus, restoring
4560 directory permissions and modification times must be delayed at least
4561 until all files have been extracted into that directory. @GNUTAR{}
4562 restores directories using the following approach.
4563
4564 The extracted directories are created with the mode specified in the
4565 archive, as modified by the umask of the user, which gives sufficient
4566 permissions to allow file creation. The meta-information about the
4567 directory is recorded in the temporary list of directories. When
4568 preparing to extract next archive member, @GNUTAR{} checks if the
4569 directory prefix of this file contains the remembered directory. If
4570 it does not, the program assumes that all files have been extracted
4571 into that directory, restores its modification time and permissions
4572 and removes its entry from the internal list. This approach allows
4573 to correctly restore directory meta-information in the majority of
4574 cases, while keeping memory requirements sufficiently small. It is
4575 based on the fact, that most @command{tar} archives use the predefined
4576 order of members: first the directory, then all the files and
4577 subdirectories in that directory.
4578
4579 However, this is not always true. The most important exception are
4580 incremental archives (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}). The member order in
4581 an incremental archive is reversed: first all directory members are
4582 stored, followed by other (non-directory) members. So, when extracting
4583 from incremental archives, @GNUTAR{} alters the above procedure. It
4584 remebers all restored directories, and restores their meta-data
4585 only after the entire archive has been processed. Notice, that you do
4586 not need to specity any special options for that, as @GNUTAR{}
4587 automatically detects archives in incremental format.
4588
4589 There may be cases, when such processing is required for normal archives
4590 too. Consider the following example:
4591
4592 @smallexample
4593 @group
4594 $ @kbd{tar --no-recursion -cvf archive \
4595 foo foo/file1 bar bar/file foo/file2}
4596 foo/
4597 foo/file1
4598 bar/
4599 bar/file
4600 foo/file2
4601 @end group
4602 @end smallexample
4603
4604 During the normal operation, after encountering @file{bar}
4605 @GNUTAR{} will assume that all files from the directory @file{foo}
4606 were already extracted and will therefore restore its timestamp and
4607 permission bits. However, after extracting @file{foo/file2} the
4608 directory timestamp will be offset again.
4609
4610 To correctly restore directory meta-information in such cases, use
4611 @option{delay-directory-restore} command line option:
4612
4613 @table @option
4614 @opindex delay-directory-restore
4615 @item --delay-directory-restore
4616 Delays restoring of the modification times and permissions of extracted
4617 directories until the end of extraction. This way, correct
4618 meta-information is restored even if the archive has unusual member
4619 ordering.
4620
4621 @opindex no-delay-directory-restore
4622 @item --no-delay-directory-restore
4623 Cancel the effect of the previous @option{--delay-directory-restore}.
4624 Use this option if you have used @option{--delay-directory-restore} in
4625 @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to
4626 temporarily disable it.
4627 @end table
4628
4629 @node Writing to Standard Output
4630 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4631
4632 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4633 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4634 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4635 creating the files on the file system, use @option{--to-stdout} (@option{-O}) in
4636 conjunction with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). This option is useful if you are
4637 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4638 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4639 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4640 found in the archive.
4641
4642 @table @option
4643 @opindex to-stdout
4644 @item --to-stdout
4645 @itemx -O
4646 Writes files to the standard output. Use only in conjunction with
4647 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}). When this option is
4648 used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4649 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4650 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4651 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @option{--list}
4652 (@option{-t}).
4653 @end table
4654
4655 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4656 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4657 it. You can use a command like this:
4658
4659 @smallexample
4660 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4661 @end smallexample
4662
4663 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4664
4665 @smallexample
4666 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4667 @end smallexample
4668
4669 Hovewer, @option{--to-command} may be more convenient for use with
4670 multiple files. See the next section.
4671
4672 @node Writing to an External Program
4673 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to an External Program
4674
4675 You can instruct @command{tar} to send the contents of each extracted
4676 file to the standard input of an external program:
4677
4678 @table @option
4679 @opindex to-command
4680 @item --to-command=@var{command}
4681 Extract files and pipe their contents to the standard input of
4682 @var{command}. When this option is used, instead of creating the
4683 files specified, @command{tar} invokes @var{command} and pipes the
4684 contents of the files to its standard output. @var{Command} may
4685 contain command line arguments. The program is executed via
4686 @code{sh -c}. Notice, that @var{command} is executed once for each regular file
4687 extracted. Non-regular files (directories, etc.) are ignored when this
4688 option is used.
4689 @end table
4690
4691 The command can obtain the information about the file it processes
4692 from the following environment variables:
4693
4694 @table @var
4695 @vrindex TAR_FILETYPE, to-command environment
4696 @item TAR_FILETYPE
4697 Type of the file. It is a single letter with the following meaning:
4698
4699 @multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.90
4700 @item f @tab Regular file
4701 @item d @tab Directory
4702 @item l @tab Symbolic link
4703 @item h @tab Hard link
4704 @item b @tab Block device
4705 @item c @tab Character device
4706 @end multitable
4707
4708 Currently only regular files are supported.
4709
4710 @vrindex TAR_MODE, to-command environment
4711 @item TAR_MODE
4712 File mode, an octal number.
4713
4714 @vrindex TAR_FILENAME, to-command environment
4715 @item TAR_FILENAME
4716 The name of the file.
4717
4718 @vrindex TAR_REALNAME, to-command environment
4719 @item TAR_REALNAME
4720 Name of the file as stored in the archive.
4721
4722 @vrindex TAR_UNAME, to-command environment
4723 @item TAR_UNAME
4724 Name of the file owner.
4725
4726 @vrindex TAR_GNAME, to-command environment
4727 @item TAR_GNAME
4728 Name of the file owner group.
4729
4730 @vrindex TAR_ATIME, to-command environment
4731 @item TAR_ATIME
4732 Time of last access. It is a decimal number, representing seconds
4733 since the epoch. If the archive provides times with nanosecond
4734 precision, the nanoseconds are appended to the timestamp after a
4735 decimal point.
4736
4737 @vrindex TAR_MTIME, to-command environment
4738 @item TAR_MTIME
4739 Time of last modification.
4740
4741 @vrindex TAR_CTIME, to-command environment
4742 @item TAR_CTIME
4743 Time of last status change.
4744
4745 @vrindex TAR_SIZE, to-command environment
4746 @item TAR_SIZE
4747 Size of the file.
4748
4749 @vrindex TAR_UID, to-command environment
4750 @item TAR_UID
4751 UID of the file owner.
4752
4753 @vrindex TAR_GID, to-command environment
4754 @item TAR_GID
4755 GID of the file owner.
4756 @end table
4757
4758 In addition to these variables, @env{TAR_VERSION} contains the
4759 @GNUTAR{} version number.
4760
4761 If @var{command} exits with a non-0 status, @command{tar} will print
4762 an error message similar to the following:
4763
4764 @smallexample
4765 tar: 2345: Child returned status 1
4766 @end smallexample
4767
4768 Here, @samp{2345} is the PID of the finished process.
4769
4770 If this behavior is not wanted, use @option{--ignore-command-error}:
4771
4772 @table @option
4773 @opindex ignore-command-error
4774 @item --ignore-command-error
4775 Ignore exit codes of subprocesses. Notice that if the program
4776 exits on signal or otherwise terminates abnormally, the error message
4777 will be printed even if this option is used.
4778
4779 @opindex no-ignore-command-error
4780 @item --no-ignore-command-error
4781 Cancel the effect of any previous @option{--ignore-command-error}
4782 option. This option is useful if you have set
4783 @option{--ignore-command-error} in @env{TAR_OPTIONS}
4784 (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS}) and wish to temporarily cancel it.
4785 @end table
4786
4787 @node remove files
4788 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4789
4790 @FIXME{The section is too terse. Something more to add? An example,
4791 maybe?}
4792
4793 @table @option
4794 @opindex remove-files
4795 @item --remove-files
4796 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4797 @end table
4798
4799 @node Scarce
4800 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4801 @UNREVISED
4802
4803 @cindex Small memory
4804 @cindex Running out of space
4805
4806 @menu
4807 * Starting File::
4808 * Same Order::
4809 @end menu
4810
4811 @node Starting File
4812 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4813
4814 @table @option
4815 @opindex starting-file
4816 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4817 @itemx -K @var{name}
4818 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4819 with @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}) or @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
4820 @end table
4821
4822 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4823 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4824 space, you can use @option{--starting-file=@var{name}} (@option{-K
4825 @var{name}}) to start extracting only after member @var{name} of the
4826 archive. This assumes, of course, that there is now free space, or
4827 that you are now extracting into a different file system. (You could
4828 also choose to suspend @command{tar}, remove unnecessary files from
4829 the file system, and then restart the same @command{tar} operation.
4830 In this case, @option{--starting-file} is not necessary.
4831 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, @xref{interactive}, and @ref{exclude}.)
4832
4833 @node Same Order
4834 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4835
4836 @table @option
4837 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
4838 @opindex same-order
4839 @opindex preserve-order
4840 @item --same-order
4841 @itemx --preserve-order
4842 @itemx -s
4843 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4844 memory. Use in conjunction with @option{--compare} (@option{--diff},
4845 @option{-d}), @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or @option{--extract}
4846 (@option{--get}, @option{-x}).
4847 @end table
4848
4849 The @option{--same-order} (@option{--preserve-order}, @option{-s}) option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4850 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4851 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4852 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4853 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4854 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4855
4856 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4857
4858 @node backup
4859 @section Backup options
4860
4861 @cindex backup options
4862
4863 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4864 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4865 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4866 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4867 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4868 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4869
4870 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4871 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4872 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4873 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4874 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4875 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4876 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4877 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4878 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4879 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4880
4881 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4882 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4883 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4884 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4885 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4886 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4887 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4888 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4889 refers to a remote file.
4890
4891 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4892 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4893 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4894 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4895 file are kept.
4896
4897 @table @samp
4898 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4899 @opindex backup
4900 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4901 @cindex backups
4902 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4903 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4904
4905 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4906 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4907 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4908 use the @samp{existing} method.
4909
4910 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4911 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4912 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4913 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4914
4915 @table @samp
4916 @item t
4917 @itemx numbered
4918 @cindex numbered @r{backup method}
4919 Always make numbered backups.
4920
4921 @item nil
4922 @itemx existing
4923 @cindex existing @r{backup method}
4924 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4925 of the others.
4926
4927 @item never
4928 @itemx simple
4929 @cindex simple @r{backup method}
4930 Always make simple backups.
4931
4932 @end table
4933
4934 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4935 @opindex suffix
4936 @cindex backup suffix
4937 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4938 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4939 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4940 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4941 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4942
4943 @end table
4944
4945 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @option{--backup}
4946 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4947 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4948 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4949 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4950 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4951
4952 @smallexample
4953 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4954 @end smallexample
4955
4956 @node Applications
4957 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4958 @UNREVISED
4959
4960 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4961 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4962 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4963
4964 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4965
4966 @findex uuencode
4967 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4968 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4969 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4970 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4971 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4972 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4973 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4974 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4975
4976 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4977 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4978 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4979 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4980
4981 @smallexample
4982 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4983 @end smallexample
4984
4985 @noindent
4986 You can avoid subshells by using @option{-C} option:
4987
4988 @smallexample
4989 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xf -}
4990 @end smallexample
4991
4992 @noindent
4993 The command also works using short option forms:
4994
4995 @smallexample
4996 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . ) \
4997 | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}
4998 # Or:
4999 $ @kbd{tar --directory sourcedir --create --file=- . ) \
5000 | tar --directory targetdir --extract --file=-}
5001 @end smallexample
5002
5003 @noindent
5004 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
5005
5006 @node looking ahead
5007 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
5008
5009 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
5010 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
5011 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
5012 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
5013 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
5014 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
5015 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
5016 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
5017 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
5018 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
5019
5020 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
5021 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
5022 @xref{files}.
5023
5024 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
5025 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
5026
5027 @node Backups
5028 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
5029 @UNREVISED
5030
5031 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
5032 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
5033 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
5034 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
5035 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
5036 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
5037 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
5038
5039 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
5040 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
5041 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
5042 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
5043
5044 @smallexample
5045 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
5046 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
5047 @end smallexample
5048
5049 @FIXME{
5050
5051 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
5052 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
5053 distribution.
5054
5055 @itemize @bullet
5056 @item dumps
5057 @itemize @minus
5058 @item what are dumps
5059 @item different levels of dumps
5060 @itemize +
5061 @item full dump = dump everything
5062 @item level 1, level 2 dumps etc
5063 A level @var{n} dump dumps everything changed since the last level
5064 @var{n}-1 dump (?)
5065 @end itemize
5066 @item how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
5067 @itemize +
5068 @item scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
5069 @end itemize
5070 @item Backup Specs, what is it.
5071 @itemize +
5072 @item how to customize
5073 @item actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
5074 @end itemize
5075 @item Problems
5076 @itemize +
5077 @item rsh doesn't work
5078 @item rtape isn't installed
5079 @item (others?)
5080 @end itemize
5081 @item the @option{--incremental} option of tar
5082 @item tapes
5083 @itemize +
5084 @item write protection
5085 @item types of media, different sizes and types, useful for different things
5086 @item files and tape marks
5087 one tape mark between files, two at end.
5088 @item positioning the tape
5089 MT writes two at end of write,
5090 backspaces over one when writing again.
5091 @end itemize
5092 @end itemize
5093 @end itemize
5094 }
5095
5096 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
5097 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
5098
5099 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
5100 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
5101 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
5102 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
5103 called @dfn{dumps}.
5104
5105 @menu
5106 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5107 * Incremental Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5108 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
5109 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5110 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
5111 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
5112 @end menu
5113
5114 @node Full Dumps
5115 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
5116 @UNREVISED
5117
5118 @cindex full dumps
5119 @cindex dumps, full
5120
5121 @cindex corrupted archives
5122 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
5123 are modifying files in the file system. If files are modified while
5124 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
5125 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
5126 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
5127 not corrupt the entire archive.)
5128
5129 You will want to use the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}}
5130 (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option to give the archive a
5131 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
5132 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
5133
5134 Unless the file system you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
5135 one volume, you will need to use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.
5136 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
5137
5138 If you want to dump each file system separately you will need to use
5139 the @option{--one-file-system} option to prevent
5140 @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when storing
5141 (sub)directories.
5142
5143 The @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) (@pxref{Incremental Dumps})
5144 option is not needed, since this is a complete copy of everything in
5145 the file system, and a full restore from this backup would only be
5146 done onto a completely
5147 empty disk.
5148
5149 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
5150 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W})
5151 option, to make sure your files really made it onto the dump properly.
5152 This will also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just
5153 after) it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes)
5154 are capable of being verified, unfortunately.
5155
5156 @node Incremental Dumps
5157 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
5158
5159 @dfn{Incremental backup} is a special form of @GNUTAR{} archive that
5160 stores additional metadata so that exact state of the file system
5161 can be restored when extracting the archive.
5162
5163 @GNUTAR{} currently offers two options for handling incremental
5164 backups: @option{--listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}} (@option{-g
5165 @var{snapshot-file}}) and @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}).
5166
5167 @opindex listed-incremental
5168 The option @option{--listed-incremental} instructs tar to operate on
5169 an incremental archive with additional metadata stored in a standalone
5170 file, called a @dfn{snapshot file}. The purpose of this file is to help
5171 determine which files have been changed, added or deleted since the
5172 last backup, so that the next incremental backup will contain only
5173 modified files. The name of the snapshot file is given as an argument
5174 to the option:
5175
5176 @table @option
5177 @item --listed-incremental=@var{file}
5178 @itemx -g @var{file}
5179 Handle incremental backups with snapshot data in @var{file}.
5180 @end table
5181
5182 To create an incremental backup, you would use
5183 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--create}
5184 (@pxref{create}). For example:
5185
5186 @smallexample
5187 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5188 --file=archive.1.tar \
5189 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5190 /usr}
5191 @end smallexample
5192
5193 This will create in @file{archive.1.tar} an incremental backup of
5194 the @file{/usr} file system, storing additional metadata in the file
5195 @file{/var/log/usr.snar}. If this file does not exist, it will be
5196 created. The created archive will then be a @dfn{level 0 backup};
5197 please see the next section for more on backup levels.
5198
5199 Otherwise, if the file @file{/var/log/usr.snar} exists, it
5200 determines which files are modified. In this case only these files will be
5201 stored in the archive. Suppose, for example, that after running the
5202 above command, you delete file @file{/usr/doc/old} and create
5203 directory @file{/usr/local/db} with the following contents:
5204
5205 @smallexample
5206 $ @kbd{ls /usr/local/db}
5207 /usr/local/db/data
5208 /usr/local/db/index
5209 @end smallexample
5210
5211 Some time later you create another incremental backup. You will
5212 then see:
5213
5214 @smallexample
5215 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5216 --file=archive.2.tar \
5217 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar \
5218 /usr}
5219 tar: usr/local/db: Directory is new
5220 usr/local/db/
5221 usr/local/db/data
5222 usr/local/db/index
5223 @end smallexample
5224
5225 @noindent
5226 The created archive @file{archive.2.tar} will contain only these
5227 three members. This archive is called a @dfn{level 1 backup}. Notice
5228 that @file{/var/log/usr.snar} will be updated with the new data, so if
5229 you plan to create more @samp{level 1} backups, it is necessary to
5230 create a working copy of the snapshot file before running
5231 @command{tar}. The above example will then be modified as follows:
5232
5233 @smallexample
5234 $ @kbd{cp /var/log/usr.snar /var/log/usr.snar-1}
5235 $ @kbd{tar --create \
5236 --file=archive.2.tar \
5237 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr.snar-1 \
5238 /usr}
5239 @end smallexample
5240
5241 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
5242 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.,
5243 with the @option{--atime-preserve=replace} option), or if you set the clock
5244 backwards.
5245
5246 Metadata stored in snapshot files include device numbers, which,
5247 obviously is supposed to be a non-volatile value. However, it turns
5248 out that NFS devices have undependable values when an automounter
5249 gets in the picture. This can lead to a great deal of spurious
5250 redumping in incremental dumps, so it is somewhat useless to compare
5251 two NFS devices numbers over time. The solution implemented currently
5252 is to considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes to
5253 comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
5254 to be a better way to go.
5255
5256 Note that incremental archives use @command{tar} extensions and may
5257 not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the @command{tar} program.
5258
5259 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--extract}
5260 @opindex extract, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5261 To extract from the incremental dumps, use
5262 @option{--listed-incremental} together with @option{--extract}
5263 option (@pxref{extracting files}). In this case, @command{tar} does
5264 not need to access snapshot file, since all the data necessary for
5265 extraction are stored in the archive itself. So, when extracting, you
5266 can give whatever argument to @option{--listed-incremental}, the usual
5267 practice is to use @option{--listed-incremental=/dev/null}.
5268 Alternatively, you can use @option{--incremental}, which needs no
5269 arguments. In general, @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) can be
5270 used as a shortcut for @option{--listed-incremental} when listing or
5271 extracting incremental backups (for more information, regarding this
5272 option, @pxref{incremental-op}).
5273
5274 When extracting from the incremental backup @GNUTAR{} attempts to
5275 restore the exact state the file system had when the archive was
5276 created. In particular, it will @emph{delete} those files in the file
5277 system that did not exist in their directories when the archive was
5278 created. If you have created several levels of incremental files,
5279 then in order to restore the exact contents the file system had when
5280 the last level was created, you will need to restore from all backups
5281 in turn. Continuing our example, to restore the state of @file{/usr}
5282 file system, one would do@footnote{Notice, that since both archives
5283 were created withouth @option{-P} option (@pxref{absolute}), these
5284 commands should be run from the root file system.}:
5285
5286 @smallexample
5287 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5288 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5289 --file archive.1.tar}
5290 $ @kbd{tar --extract \
5291 --listed-incremental=/dev/null \
5292 --file archive.2.tar}
5293 @end smallexample
5294
5295 To list the contents of an incremental archive, use @option{--list}
5296 (@pxref{list}), as usual. To obtain more information about the
5297 archive, use @option{--listed-incremental} or @option{--incremental}
5298 combined with two @option{--verbose} options@footnote{Two
5299 @option{--verbose} options were selected to avoid breaking usual
5300 verbose listing output (@option{--list --verbose}) when using in
5301 scripts.
5302
5303 @opindex incremental, using with @option{--list}
5304 @opindex listed-incremental, using with @option{--list}
5305 @opindex list, using with @option{--incremental}
5306 @opindex list, using with @option{--listed-incremental}
5307 Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1 used to dump verbatim binary
5308 contents of the DUMPDIR header (with terminating nulls) when
5309 @option{--incremental} or @option{--listed-incremental} option was
5310 given, no matter what the verbosity level. This behavior, and,
5311 especially, the binary output it produced were considered incovenient
5312 and were changed in version 1.16}:
5313
5314 @smallexample
5315 @kbd{tar --list --incremental --verbose --verbose archive.tar}
5316 @end smallexample
5317
5318 This command will print, for each directory in the archive, the list
5319 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
5320 information is put out in a format which is both human-readable and
5321 unambiguous for a program: each file name is printed as
5322
5323 @smallexample
5324 @var{x} @var{file}
5325 @end smallexample
5326
5327 @noindent
5328 where @var{x} is a letter describing the status of the file: @samp{Y}
5329 if the file is present in the archive, @samp{N} if the file is not
5330 included in the archive, or a @samp{D} if the file is a directory (and
5331 is included in the archive). @xref{Dumpdir}, for the detailed
5332 description of dumpdirs and status codes. Each such
5333 line is terminated by a newline character. The last line is followed
5334 by an additional newline to indicate the end of the data.
5335
5336 @anchor{incremental-op}The option @option{--incremental} (@option{-G})
5337 gives the same behavior as @option{--listed-incremental} when used
5338 with @option{--list} and @option{--extract} options. When used with
5339 @option{--create} option, it creates an incremental archive without
5340 creating snapshot file. Thus, it is impossible to create several
5341 levels of incremental backups with @option{--incremental} option.
5342
5343 @node Backup Levels
5344 @section Levels of Backups
5345
5346 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
5347 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
5348 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
5349 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
5350 are daily re-archived.
5351
5352 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
5353 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
5354 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
5355 dump.
5356
5357 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
5358 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
5359 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
5360 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
5361 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
5362 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
5363 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
5364 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
5365
5366 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
5367 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
5368 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
5369 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
5370 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
5371
5372 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
5373 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
5374 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
5375 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @xref{Backup Parameters}, for its
5376 detailed description. Once the backup parameters are set, you can
5377 perform backups or restoration by running the appropriate script.
5378
5379 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
5380 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
5381 their use in detail.
5382
5383 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
5384 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
5385 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
5386 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
5387 it is easier to use the scripts. @xref{Incremental Dumps}, before
5388 making such an attempt.
5389
5390 @node Backup Parameters
5391 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
5392
5393 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
5394 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
5395 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
5396 before using these scripts.
5397
5398 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
5399 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
5400 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
5401 functions within that script (e.g., see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
5402 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
5403 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
5404 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
5405 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
5406
5407 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
5408 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
5409
5410 @menu
5411 * General-Purpose Variables::
5412 * Magnetic Tape Control::
5413 * User Hooks::
5414 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5415 @end menu
5416
5417 @node General-Purpose Variables
5418 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
5419
5420 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
5421 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
5422 sends a backup report to this address.
5423 @end defvr
5424
5425 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
5426 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
5427 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
5428 or the string @samp{now}.
5429
5430 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
5431 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
5432 @end defvr
5433
5434 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
5435
5436 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. If @var{TAPE_FILE}
5437 is a remote archive (@pxref{remote-dev}), backup script will suppose
5438 that your @command{mt} is able to access remote devices. If @var{RSH}
5439 (@pxref{RSH}) is set, @option{--rsh-command} option will be added to
5440 invocations of @command{mt}.
5441 @end defvr
5442
5443 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
5444
5445 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
5446 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
5447 @end defvr
5448
5449 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
5450
5451 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5452 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
5453 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
5454 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
5455 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
5456
5457 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
5458 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
5459 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
5460 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
5461 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
5462 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
5463 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
5464 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
5465 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
5466
5467 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
5468 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5469 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
5470 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
5471 @end defvr
5472
5473 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
5474
5475 A path to the file containing the list of the file systems to backup
5476 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
5477 @end defvr
5478
5479 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
5480
5481 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
5482 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
5483 which the backup script is run.
5484
5485 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
5486 in a separate file. This file is usually named
5487 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
5488 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
5489 @end defvr
5490
5491 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
5492
5493 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
5494 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
5495 @end defvr
5496
5497 @defvr {Backup variable} MT
5498
5499 Full file name of @command{mt} binary.
5500 @end defvr
5501
5502 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
5503 @anchor{RSH}
5504 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
5505 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
5506 to use public key authentication.
5507 @end defvr
5508
5509 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
5510
5511 Full file name of @command{rsh} binary on remote mashines. This will
5512 be passed via @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation
5513 of @GNUTAR{}.
5514 @end defvr
5515
5516 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
5517
5518 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
5519 by all the machines which have file systems to be dumped.
5520 @end defvr
5521
5522 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5523
5524 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5525 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5526 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5527 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5528 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5529 (e.g., @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5530
5531 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5532 @end defvr
5533
5534 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5535
5536 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive file systems
5537
5538 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5539 @end defvr
5540
5541 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5542
5543 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5544 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5545 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in
5546 prompt, and will expect confirmation from the console.
5547
5548 The built-in prompt for POSIX locale is:
5549
5550 @smallexample
5551 Prepare volume #@var{n} for `@var{archive}' and hit return:
5552 @end smallexample
5553
5554 @noindent
5555 where @var{n} is the ordinal number of the volume to be created and
5556 @var{archive} is archive file or device name.
5557
5558 If you run @GNUTAR{} under a different locale, the translation of
5559 the above prompt to the locale's language will be used.
5560
5561 @end defvr
5562
5563 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5564
5565 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5566 this will just be some literal text.
5567 @end defvr
5568
5569 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5570
5571 Full file name of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5572 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5573 @end defvr
5574
5575 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5576 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5577
5578 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5579 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5580 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5581
5582 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5583 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5584 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5585
5586 @smallexample
5587 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5588
5589 mt_begin() @{
5590 mt -f "$1" retension
5591 @}
5592 @end smallexample
5593 @end defvr
5594
5595 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5596 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5597 follows:
5598
5599 @smallexample
5600 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5601
5602 mt_rewind() @{
5603 mt -f "$1" rewind
5604 @}
5605 @end smallexample
5606
5607 @end defvr
5608
5609 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5610 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5611 it is defined as follows:
5612
5613 @smallexample
5614 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5615
5616 mt_offline() @{
5617 mt -f "$1" offl
5618 @}
5619 @end smallexample
5620 @end defvr
5621
5622 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5623 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5624 including error count. Default definition:
5625
5626 @smallexample
5627 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5628
5629 mt_status() @{
5630 mt -f "$1" status
5631 @}
5632 @end smallexample
5633 @end defvr
5634
5635 @node User Hooks
5636 @subsection User Hooks
5637
5638 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5639 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5640 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5641 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5642 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5643 taking four arguments:
5644
5645 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5646 Its arguments are:
5647
5648 @table @var
5649 @item level
5650 Current backup or restore level.
5651
5652 @item host
5653 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5654
5655 @item fs
5656 Full path name to the file system being dumped or restored.
5657
5658 @item fsname
5659 File system name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5660 is useful, e.g., for creating unique files.
5661 @end table
5662 @end deffn
5663
5664 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5665
5666 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5667 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the file system.
5668 @end defvr
5669
5670 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5671 Executed after dumping the file system.
5672 @end defvr
5673
5674 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5675 Executed before restoring the file system.
5676 @end defvr
5677
5678 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5679 Executed after restoring the file system.
5680 @end defvr
5681
5682 @node backup-specs example
5683 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5684
5685 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5686
5687 @smallexample
5688 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5689
5690 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5691 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5692 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5693
5694 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5695 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5696 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5697
5698 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5699 my_status() @{
5700 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5701 @}
5702 MT_STATUS=my_status
5703
5704 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5705 MT_OFFLINE=:
5706
5707 BLOCKING=124
5708 BACKUP_DIRS="
5709 albert:/fs/fsf
5710 apple-gunkies:/gd
5711 albert:/fs/gd2
5712 albert:/fs/gp
5713 geech:/usr/jla
5714 churchy:/usr/roland
5715 albert:/
5716 albert:/usr
5717 apple-gunkies:/
5718 apple-gunkies:/usr
5719 gnu:/hack
5720 gnu:/u
5721 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5722 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5723
5724 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5725
5726 @end smallexample
5727
5728 @node Scripted Backups
5729 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5730
5731 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5732
5733 @smallexample
5734 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5735 @end smallexample
5736
5737 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5738 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5739 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5740 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5741 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5742 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5743 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5744 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5745 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5746 create a level one dump.}
5747
5748 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5749 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5750
5751 @table @asis
5752 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5753
5754 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5755
5756 @item @var{hh}
5757
5758 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5759
5760 @item now
5761
5762 The dump must be run immediately.
5763 @end table
5764
5765 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5766 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5767 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5768 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5769 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5770 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5771 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5772 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5773 Restoration}).
5774
5775 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5776 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5777 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5778 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5779 them. @xref{Snapshot Files}, for a more detailed explanation of this
5780 file.
5781
5782 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5783 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5784 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5785 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5786 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5787 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5788 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5789
5790 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5791 standard output.
5792
5793 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5794 script:
5795
5796 @table @option
5797 @item -l @var{level}
5798 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5799 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5800
5801 @item -f
5802 @itemx --force
5803 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5804
5805 @item -v[@var{level}]
5806 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5807 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5808 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5809 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5810
5811 @item -t @var{start-time}
5812 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5813 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5814
5815 @item -h
5816 @itemx --help
5817 Display short help message and exit.
5818
5819 @item -V
5820 @itemx --version
5821 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
5822 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
5823 @end table
5824
5825
5826 @node Scripted Restoration
5827 @section Using the Restore Script
5828
5829 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5830 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5831 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5832 then restore all the file systems and files specified in
5833 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5834
5835 You may select the file systems (and/or files) to restore by
5836 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5837 line. For example, running
5838
5839 @smallexample
5840 restore 'albert:*'
5841 @end smallexample
5842
5843 @noindent
5844 will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5845 complicated example:
5846
5847 @smallexample
5848 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5849 @end smallexample
5850
5851 @noindent
5852 This command will restore all file systems on the machine @samp{albert}
5853 as well as @file{/var} file system on all machines.
5854
5855 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5856 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5857 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5858 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5859 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5860 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5861
5862 @smallexample
5863 restore --level=1
5864 @end smallexample
5865
5866 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5867
5868 @table @option
5869 @item -a
5870 @itemx --all
5871 Restore all file systems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5872
5873 @item -l @var{level}
5874 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5875 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5876
5877 @item -v[@var{level}]
5878 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5879 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5880 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5881 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5882
5883 @item -h
5884 @itemx --help
5885 Display short help message and exit.
5886
5887 @item -V
5888 @itemx --version
5889 Display information about the program's name, version, origin and legal
5890 status, all on standard output, and then exit successfully.
5891 @end table
5892
5893 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5894 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5895 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5896 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5897 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5898 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5899 positioning.}
5900
5901 @quotation
5902 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5903 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5904 @end quotation
5905
5906 @xref{Incremental Dumps}, for an explanation of how the script makes
5907 that determination.
5908
5909 @node Choosing
5910 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5911 @UNREVISED
5912
5913 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5914 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5915 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5916 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5917 are in specified directories.
5918
5919 This chapter discusses these options in detail.
5920
5921 @menu
5922 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5923 * Selecting Archive Members::
5924 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5925 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5926 * wildcards:: Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5927 * quoting styles:: Ways of Quoting Special Characters in Names
5928 * transform:: Modifying File and Member Names
5929 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5930 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5931 * one:: Crossing File System Boundaries
5932 @end menu
5933
5934 @node file
5935 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5936 @UNREVISED
5937
5938 @cindex Naming an archive
5939 @cindex Archive Name
5940 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5941 @cindex Where is the archive?
5942 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5943 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5944 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5945 on the system may not have set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5946 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5947 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The
5948 @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} (@option{-f @var{archive-name}})
5949 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5950 instead of the default archive file location.
5951
5952 @table @option
5953 @opindex file, short description
5954 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5955 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5956 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5957 any operation.
5958 @end table
5959
5960 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5961
5962 @smallexample
5963 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5964 @end smallexample
5965
5966 @noindent
5967 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5968 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5969 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5970 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5971 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5972 for the archive name.
5973
5974 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5975 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5976 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5977
5978 @cindex Writing new archives
5979 @cindex Archive creation
5980 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5981 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5982 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5983 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5984
5985 @cindex Standard input and output
5986 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5987 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5988 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5989 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5990 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5991 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5992 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5993
5994 The following example is a convenient way of copying directory
5995 hierarchy from @file{sourcedir} to @file{targetdir}.
5996
5997 @smallexample
5998 $ @kbd{(cd sourcedir; tar -cf - .) | (cd targetdir; tar -xpf -)}
5999 @end smallexample
6000
6001 The @option{-C} option allows to avoid using subshells:
6002
6003 @smallexample
6004 $ @kbd{tar -C sourcedir -cf - . | tar -C targetdir -xpf -}
6005 @end smallexample
6006
6007 In both examples above, the leftmost @command{tar} invocation archives
6008 the contents of @file{sourcedir} to the standard output, while the
6009 rightmost one reads this archive from its standard input and
6010 extracts it. The @option{-p} option tells it to restore permissions
6011 of the extracted files.
6012
6013 @cindex Remote devices
6014 @cindex tar to a remote device
6015 @anchor{remote-dev}
6016 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
6017 use the following:
6018
6019 @smallexample
6020 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}
6021 @end smallexample
6022
6023 @noindent
6024 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
6025 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
6026 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file-name}}, @command{tar}
6027 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
6028 as the username on the remote machine.
6029
6030 @cindex Local and remote archives
6031 @anchor{local and remote archives}
6032 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
6033 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
6034 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
6035 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
6036 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
6037 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
6038 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
6039 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
6040 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
6041 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
6042 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
6043 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
6044 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
6045 can be inhibited by using the @option{--force-local} option.
6046
6047 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
6048 tries to minimize input and output operations. The Amanda backup
6049 system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has an initial sizing pass which
6050 uses this feature.
6051
6052 @node Selecting Archive Members
6053 @section Selecting Archive Members
6054 @cindex Specifying files to act on
6055 @cindex Specifying archive members
6056
6057 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
6058 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
6059 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
6060 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
6061
6062 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
6063 the command line, as follows:
6064 @smallexample
6065 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
6066 @end smallexample
6067
6068 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), precede it with
6069 @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from being treated as an
6070 option.
6071
6072 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
6073 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
6074
6075 If you do not specify files, @command{tar} behavior differs depending
6076 on the operation mode as described below:
6077
6078 When @command{tar} is invoked with @option{--create} (@option{-c}),
6079 @command{tar} will stop immediately, reporting the following:
6080
6081 @smallexample
6082 @group
6083 $ @kbd{tar cf a.tar}
6084 tar: Cowardly refusing to create an empty archive
6085 Try `tar --help' or `tar --usage' for more information.
6086 @end group
6087 @end smallexample
6088
6089 If you specify either @option{--list} (@option{-t}) or
6090 @option{--extract} (@option{--get}, @option{-x}), @command{tar}
6091 operates on all the archive members in the archive.
6092
6093 If run with @option{--diff} option, tar will compare the archive with
6094 the contents of the current working directory.
6095
6096 If you specify any other operation, @command{tar} does nothing.
6097
6098 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
6099 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
6100 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
6101 operate. In general, these methods work both for specifying the names
6102 of files and archive members.
6103
6104 @node files
6105 @section Reading Names from a File
6106
6107 @cindex Reading file names from a file
6108 @cindex Lists of file names
6109 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
6110 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
6111 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
6112 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T
6113 @var{file-of-names}}) option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the
6114 file which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
6115 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
6116 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
6117 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
6118
6119 @table @option
6120 @opindex files-from
6121 @item --files-from=@var{file-name}
6122 @itemx -T @var{file-name}
6123 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file-name}.
6124 @end table
6125
6126 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
6127 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
6128 names are read from standard input.
6129
6130 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
6131 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
6132 command.
6133
6134 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
6135
6136 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
6137 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
6138 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
6139 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
6140 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
6141 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
6142 more information.)
6143
6144 @smallexample
6145 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
6146 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
6147 @end smallexample
6148
6149 @noindent
6150 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
6151 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
6152 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
6153 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
6154 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
6155 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
6156 specifying @option{-C} option:
6157
6158 @smallexample
6159 @group
6160 $ @kbd{cat list}
6161 -C/etc
6162 passwd
6163 hosts
6164 -C/lib
6165 libc.a
6166 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6167 @end group
6168 @end smallexample
6169
6170 @noindent
6171 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
6172 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
6173 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
6174 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
6175 contain:
6176
6177 @smallexample
6178 @group
6179 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6180 passwd
6181 hosts
6182 libc.a
6183 @end group
6184 @end smallexample
6185
6186 @noindent
6187 @opindex directory, using in @option{--files-from} argument
6188 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
6189 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
6190 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
6191
6192 @itemize @bullet
6193 @item
6194 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
6195 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
6196 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
6197
6198 @item
6199 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
6200 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
6201 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
6202
6203 @item
6204 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
6205 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
6206
6207 @smallexample
6208 @group
6209 --directory
6210 dir
6211 @end group
6212 @end smallexample
6213
6214 @noindent
6215 and
6216
6217 @smallexample
6218 @group
6219 -C
6220 dir
6221 @end group
6222 @end smallexample
6223 @end itemize
6224
6225 @opindex add-file
6226 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
6227 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
6228 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file=--my-file}.
6229
6230 @menu
6231 * nul::
6232 @end menu
6233
6234 @node nul
6235 @subsection @code{NUL} Terminated File Names
6236
6237 @cindex File names, terminated by @code{NUL}
6238 @cindex @code{NUL} terminated file names
6239 The @option{--null} option causes
6240 @option{--files-from=@var{file-of-names}} (@option{-T @var{file-of-names}})
6241 to read file names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so
6242 files whose names contain newlines can be archived using
6243 @option{--files-from}.
6244
6245 @table @option
6246 @opindex null
6247 @item --null
6248 Only consider @code{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
6249 terminate in a newline.
6250 @end table
6251
6252 The @option{--null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
6253 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
6254 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
6255 @command{tar}, @option{--null} also disables special handling for
6256 file names that begin with dash.
6257
6258 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
6259 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
6260 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
6261 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @code{NUL}
6262 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
6263 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
6264 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
6265 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
6266 @command{tar} to recognize the @code{NUL} separator between files.
6267
6268 @smallexample
6269 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
6270 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
6271 @end smallexample
6272
6273 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
6274
6275 @node exclude
6276 @section Excluding Some Files
6277 @UNREVISED
6278
6279 @cindex File names, excluding files by
6280 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
6281 @cindex Excluding files by file system
6282 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
6283 use the @option{--exclude} or @option{--exclude-from} options.
6284
6285 @table @option
6286 @opindex exclude
6287 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
6288 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
6289 @end table
6290
6291 @findex exclude
6292 The @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} option prevents any file or
6293 member whose name matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from
6294 being operated on.
6295 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
6296 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
6297 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
6298
6299 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
6300
6301 @table @option
6302 @opindex exclude-from
6303 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
6304 @itemx -X @var{file}
6305 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
6306 @var{file}.
6307 @end table
6308
6309 @findex exclude-from
6310 Use the @option{--exclude-from} option to read a
6311 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
6312 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
6313 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
6314 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
6315 added to the archive.
6316
6317 @table @option
6318 @opindex exclude-caches
6319 @item --exclude-caches
6320 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
6321 @end table
6322
6323 @findex exclude-caches
6324 When creating an archive, the @option{--exclude-caches} option causes
6325 @command{tar} to exclude all directories that contain a @dfn{cache
6326 directory tag}. A cache directory tag is a short file with the
6327 well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG} and having a standard header
6328 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
6329 Various applications write cache directory tags into directories they
6330 use to hold regenerable, non-precious data, so that such data can be
6331 more easily excluded from backups.
6332
6333 @menu
6334 * problems with exclude::
6335 @end menu
6336
6337 @node problems with exclude
6338 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
6339
6340 @opindex exclude, potential problems with
6341 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
6342 pitfalls:
6343
6344 @itemize @bullet
6345 @item
6346 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
6347 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
6348 components is excluded. In the example above, if
6349 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
6350 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
6351 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
6352
6353 @item
6354 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @option{--exclude} and
6355 @option{--exclude-from}. Be careful: use @option{--exclude} when files
6356 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
6357 @option{--exclude-from} to introduce the name of a file which contains
6358 a list of patterns, one per line; each of these patterns can exclude
6359 zero, one, or many files.
6360
6361 @item
6362 When you use @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}}, be sure to quote the
6363 @var{pattern} parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
6364 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
6365 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
6366 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
6367 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
6368
6369 For example, write:
6370
6371 @smallexample
6372 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
6373 @end smallexample
6374
6375 @noindent
6376 rather than:
6377
6378 @smallexample
6379 # @emph{Wrong!}
6380 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
6381 @end smallexample
6382
6383 @item
6384 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
6385 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
6386 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
6387 might fail.
6388
6389 @item
6390 @FIXME{The change in semantics must have occurred before 1.11,
6391 so I doubt if it is worth mentioning at all. Anyway, should at
6392 least specify in which version the semantics changed.}
6393 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
6394 @option{--exclude-from} option was called @option{--exclude} instead.
6395 Now, @option{--exclude} applies to patterns listed on the command
6396 line and @option{--exclude-from} applies to patterns listed in a
6397 file.
6398
6399 @end itemize
6400
6401 @node wildcards
6402 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
6403
6404 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
6405 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
6406 existing files matching the given pattern. @GNUTAR{} can use wildcard
6407 patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members when extracting
6408 from or listing an archive. Wildcard patterns are also used for
6409 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
6410 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
6411
6412 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
6413
6414 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
6415 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
6416 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
6417 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
6418 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
6419 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
6420 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
6421 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
6422 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
6423
6424 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
6425 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
6426 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
6427 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
6428 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
6429 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
6430 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
6431 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
6432 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
6433 @emph{last} in a character class.)
6434
6435 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
6436 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
6437 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
6438 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
6439 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
6440 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
6441
6442 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
6443 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
6444 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
6445 @var{e}, inclusive.
6446
6447 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
6448 who don't have dan around.}
6449
6450 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
6451 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
6452 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
6453 string: thus, excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
6454
6455 @menu
6456 * controlling pattern-matching::
6457 @end menu
6458
6459 @node controlling pattern-matching
6460 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching
6461
6462 For the purposes of this section, we call @dfn{exclusion members} all
6463 member names obtained while processing @option{--exclude} and
6464 @option{--exclude-from} options, and @dfn{inclusion members} those
6465 member names that were given in the command line or read from the file
6466 specified with @option{--files-from} option.
6467
6468 These two pairs of member lists are used in the following operations:
6469 @option{--diff}, @option{--extract}, @option{--list},
6470 @option{--update}.
6471
6472 There are no inclusion members in create mode (@option{--create} and
6473 @option{--append}), since in this mode the names obtained from the
6474 command line refer to @emph{files}, not archive members.
6475
6476 By default, inclusion members are compared with archive members
6477 literally @footnote{Notice that earlier @GNUTAR{} versions used
6478 globbing for inclusion members, which contradicted to UNIX98
6479 specification and was not documented. @xref{Changes}, for more
6480 information on this and other changes.} and exclusion members are
6481 treated as globbing patterns. For example:
6482
6483 @smallexample
6484 @group
6485 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
6486 a.c
6487 b.c
6488 a.txt
6489 [remarks]
6490 # @i{Member names are used verbatim:}
6491 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v '[remarks]'}
6492 [remarks]
6493 # @i{Exclude member names are globbed:}
6494 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --exclude '*.c'}
6495 a.txt
6496 [remarks]
6497 @end group
6498 @end smallexample
6499
6500 This behavior can be altered by using the following options:
6501
6502 @table @option
6503 @opindex wildcards
6504 @item --wildcards
6505 Treat all member names as wildcards.
6506
6507 @opindex no-wildcards
6508 @item --no-wildcards
6509 Treat all member names as literal strings.
6510 @end table
6511
6512 Thus, to extract files whose names end in @samp{.c}, you can use:
6513
6514 @smallexample
6515 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar -v --wildcards '*.c'}
6516 a.c
6517 b.c
6518 @end smallexample
6519
6520 @noindent
6521 Notice quoting of the pattern to prevent the shell from interpreting
6522 it.
6523
6524 The effect of @option{--wildcards} option is cancelled by
6525 @option{--no-wildcards}. This can be used to pass part of
6526 the command line arguments verbatim and other part as globbing
6527 patterns. For example, the following invocation:
6528
6529 @smallexample
6530 $ @kbd{tar -xf foo.tar --wildcards '*.txt' --no-wildcards '[remarks]'}
6531 @end smallexample
6532
6533 @noindent
6534 instructs @command{tar} to extract from @file{foo.tar} all files whose
6535 names end in @samp{.txt} and the file named @file{[remarks]}.
6536
6537 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
6538 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
6539 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
6540 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
6541
6542 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
6543 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
6544 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
6545 before deciding whether to exclude it.
6546
6547 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
6548 below. These options accumulate. For example:
6549
6550 @smallexample
6551 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
6552 @end smallexample
6553
6554 @noindent
6555 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
6556 @samp{readme}.
6557
6558 @table @option
6559 @opindex anchored
6560 @opindex no-anchored
6561 @item --anchored
6562 @itemx --no-anchored
6563 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
6564 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
6565 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored} for exclusion members
6566 and @option{--anchored} inclusion members.
6567
6568 @opindex ignore-case
6569 @opindex no-ignore-case
6570 @item --ignore-case
6571 @itemx --no-ignore-case
6572 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
6573 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
6574
6575 @opindex wildcards-match-slash
6576 @opindex no-wildcards-match-slash
6577 @item --wildcards-match-slash
6578 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
6579 When wildcards match slash (the default for exclusion members), a
6580 wildcard like @samp{*} in the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the
6581 name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is matched only by @samp{/}.
6582
6583 @end table
6584
6585 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
6586 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how member patterns are interpreted. If
6587 recursion is in effect, a pattern matches a name if it matches any of
6588 the name's parent directories.
6589
6590 The following table summarizes pattern-matching default values:
6591
6592 @multitable @columnfractions .3 .7
6593 @headitem Members @tab Default settings
6594 @item Inclusion @tab @option{--no-wildcards --anchored --no-wildcards-match-slash}
6595 @item Exclusion @tab @option{--wildcards --no-anchored --wildcards-match-slash}
6596 @end multitable
6597
6598 @node quoting styles
6599 @section Quoting Member Names
6600
6601 When displaying member names, @command{tar} takes care to avoid
6602 ambiguities caused by certain characters. This is called @dfn{name
6603 quoting}. The characters in question are:
6604
6605 @itemize @bullet
6606 @item Non-printable control characters:
6607
6608 @multitable @columnfractions 0.20 0.10 0.60
6609 @headitem Character @tab ASCII @tab Character name
6610 @item \a @tab 7 @tab Audible bell
6611 @item \b @tab 8 @tab Backspace
6612 @item \f @tab 12 @tab Form feed
6613 @item \n @tab 10 @tab New line
6614 @item \r @tab 13 @tab Carriage return
6615 @item \t @tab 9 @tab Horizontal tabulation
6616 @item \v @tab 11 @tab Vertical tabulation
6617 @end multitable
6618
6619 @item Space (ASCII 32)
6620
6621 @item Single and double quotes (@samp{'} and @samp{"})
6622
6623 @item Backslash (@samp{\})
6624 @end itemize
6625
6626 The exact way @command{tar} uses to quote these characters depends on
6627 the @dfn{quoting style}. The default quoting style, called
6628 @dfn{escape} (see below), uses backslash notation to represent control
6629 characters, space and backslash. Using this quoting style, control
6630 characters are represented as listed in column @samp{Character} in the
6631 above table, a space is printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}.
6632
6633 @GNUTAR{} offers seven distinct quoting styles, which can be selected
6634 using @option{--quoting-style} option:
6635
6636 @table @option
6637 @item --quoting-style=@var{style}
6638 @opindex quoting-style
6639
6640 Sets quoting style. Valid values for @var{style} argument are:
6641 literal, shell, shell-always, c, escape, locale, clocale.
6642 @end table
6643
6644 These styles are described in detail below. To illustrate their
6645 effect, we will use an imaginary tar archive @file{arch.tar}
6646 containing the following members:
6647
6648 @smallexample
6649 @group
6650 # 1. Contains horizontal tabulation character.
6651 a tab
6652 # 2. Contains newline character
6653 a
6654 newline
6655 # 3. Contains a space
6656 a space
6657 # 4. Contains double quotes
6658 a"double"quote
6659 # 5. Contains single quotes
6660 a'single'quote
6661 # 6. Contains a backslash character:
6662 a\backslash
6663 @end group
6664 @end smallexample
6665
6666 Here is how usual @command{ls} command would have listed them, if they
6667 had existed in the current working directory:
6668
6669 @smallexample
6670 @group
6671 $ @kbd{ls}
6672 a\ttab
6673 a\nnewline
6674 a\ space
6675 a"double"quote
6676 a'single'quote
6677 a\\backslash
6678 @end group
6679 @end smallexample
6680
6681 Quoting styles:
6682
6683 @table @samp
6684 @item literal
6685 No quoting, display each character as is:
6686
6687 @smallexample
6688 @group
6689 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=literal}
6690 ./
6691 ./a space
6692 ./a'single'quote
6693 ./a"double"quote
6694 ./a\backslash
6695 ./a tab
6696 ./a
6697 newline
6698 @end group
6699 @end smallexample
6700
6701 @item shell
6702 Display characters the same way Bourne shell does:
6703 control characters, except @samp{\t} and @samp{\n}, are printed using
6704 backslash escapes, @samp{\t} and @samp{\n} are printed as is, and a
6705 single quote is printed as @samp{\'}. If a name contains any quoted
6706 characters, it is enclosed in single quotes. In particular, if a name
6707 contains single quotes, it is printed as several single-quoted strings:
6708
6709 @smallexample
6710 @group
6711 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell}
6712 ./
6713 './a space'
6714 './a'\''single'\''quote'
6715 './a"double"quote'
6716 './a\backslash'
6717 './a tab'
6718 './a
6719 newline'
6720 @end group
6721 @end smallexample
6722
6723 @item shell-always
6724 Same as @samp{shell}, but the names are always enclosed in single
6725 quotes:
6726
6727 @smallexample
6728 @group
6729 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=shell-always}
6730 './'
6731 './a space'
6732 './a'\''single'\''quote'
6733 './a"double"quote'
6734 './a\backslash'
6735 './a tab'
6736 './a
6737 newline'
6738 @end group
6739 @end smallexample
6740
6741 @item c
6742 Use the notation of the C programming language. All names are
6743 enclosed in double quotes. Control characters are quoted using
6744 backslash notations, double quotes are represented as @samp{\"},
6745 backslash characters are represented as @samp{\\}. Single quotes and
6746 spaces are not quoted:
6747
6748 @smallexample
6749 @group
6750 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=c}
6751 "./"
6752 "./a space"
6753 "./a'single'quote"
6754 "./a\"double\"quote"
6755 "./a\\backslash"
6756 "./a\ttab"
6757 "./a\nnewline"
6758 @end group
6759 @end smallexample
6760
6761 @item escape
6762 Control characters are printed using backslash notation, a space is
6763 printed as @samp{\ } and a backslash as @samp{\\}. This is the
6764 default quoting style, unless it was changed when configured the
6765 package.
6766
6767 @smallexample
6768 @group
6769 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape}
6770 ./
6771 ./a space
6772 ./a'single'quote
6773 ./a"double"quote
6774 ./a\\backslash
6775 ./a\ttab
6776 ./a\nnewline
6777 @end group
6778 @end smallexample
6779
6780 @item locale
6781 Control characters, single quote and backslash are printed using
6782 backslash notation. All names are quoted using left and right
6783 quotation marks, appropriate to the current locale. If it does not
6784 define quotation marks, use @samp{`} as left and @samp{'} as right
6785 quotation marks. Any occurrences of the right quotation mark in a
6786 name are escaped with @samp{\}, for example:
6787
6788 For example:
6789
6790 @smallexample
6791 @group
6792 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=locale}
6793 `./'
6794 `./a space'
6795 `./a\'single\'quote'
6796 `./a"double"quote'
6797 `./a\\backslash'
6798 `./a\ttab'
6799 `./a\nnewline'
6800 @end group
6801 @end smallexample
6802
6803 @item clocale
6804 Same as @samp{locale}, but @samp{"} is used for both left and right
6805 quotation marks, if not provided by the currently selected locale:
6806
6807 @smallexample
6808 @group
6809 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=clocale}
6810 "./"
6811 "./a space"
6812 "./a'single'quote"
6813 "./a\"double\"quote"
6814 "./a\\backslash"
6815 "./a\ttab"
6816 "./a\nnewline"
6817 @end group
6818 @end smallexample
6819 @end table
6820
6821 You can specify which characters should be quoted in addition to those
6822 implied by the current quoting style:
6823
6824 @table @option
6825 @item --quote-chars=@var{string}
6826 Always quote characters from @var{string}, even if the selected
6827 quoting style would not quote them.
6828 @end table
6829
6830 For example, using @samp{escape} quoting (compare with the usual
6831 escape listing above):
6832
6833 @smallexample
6834 @group
6835 $ @kbd{tar tf arch.tar --quoting-style=escape --quote-chars=' "'}
6836 ./
6837 ./a\ space
6838 ./a'single'quote
6839 ./a\"double\"quote
6840 ./a\\backslash
6841 ./a\ttab
6842 ./a\nnewline
6843 @end group
6844 @end smallexample
6845
6846 To disable quoting of such additional characters, use the following
6847 option:
6848
6849 @table @option
6850 @item --no-quote-chars=@var{string}
6851 Remove characters listed in @var{string} from the list of quoted
6852 characters set by the previous @option{--quote-chars} option.
6853 @end table
6854
6855 This option is particularly useful if you have added
6856 @option{--quote-chars} to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} (@pxref{TAR_OPTIONS})
6857 and wish to disable it for the current invocation.
6858
6859 Note, that @option{--no-quote-chars} does @emph{not} disable those
6860 characters that are quoted by default in the selected quoting style.
6861
6862 @node transform
6863 @section Modifying File and Member Names
6864
6865 @command{Tar} archives contain detailed information about files stored
6866 in them and full file names are part of that information. When
6867 storing file to an archive, its file name is recorded in the archive
6868 along with the actual file contents. When restoring from an archive,
6869 a file is created on disk with exactly the same name as that stored
6870 in the archive. In the majority of cases this is the desired behavior
6871 of a file archiver. However, there are some cases when it is not.
6872
6873 First of all, it is often unsafe to extract archive members with
6874 absolute file names or those that begin with a @file{../}. @GNUTAR{}
6875 takes special precautions when extracting such names and provides a
6876 special option for handling them, which is described in
6877 @ref{absolute}.
6878
6879 Secondly, you may wish to extract file names without some leading
6880 directory components, or with otherwise modified names. In other
6881 cases it is desirable to store files under differing names in the
6882 archive.
6883
6884 @GNUTAR{} provides two options for these needs.
6885
6886 @table @option
6887 @opindex strip-components
6888 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
6889 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
6890 extraction.
6891 @end table
6892
6893 For example, suppose you have archived whole @file{/usr} hierarchy to
6894 a tar archive named @file{usr.tar}. Among other files, this archive
6895 contains @file{usr/include/stdlib.h}, which you wish to extract to
6896 the current working directory. To do so, you type:
6897
6898 @smallexample
6899 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
6900 @end smallexample
6901
6902 The option @option{--strip=2} instructs @command{tar} to strip the
6903 two leading components (@file{usr/} and @file{include/}) off the file
6904 name.
6905
6906 If you add to the above invocation @option{--verbose} (@option{-v})
6907 option, you will note that the verbose listing still contains the
6908 full file name, with the two removed components still in place. This
6909 can be inconvenient, so @command{tar} provides a special option for
6910 altering this behavior:
6911
6912 @anchor{show-transformed-names}
6913 @table @option
6914 @opindex --show-transformed-names
6915 @item --show-transformed-names
6916 Display file or member names with all requested transformations
6917 applied.
6918 @end table
6919
6920 @noindent
6921 For example:
6922
6923 @smallexample
6924 @group
6925 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 usr/include/stdlib.h}
6926 usr/include/stdlib.h
6927 $ @kbd{tar -xf usr.tar -v --strip=2 --show-transformed usr/include/stdlib.h}
6928 stdlib.h
6929 @end group
6930 @end smallexample
6931
6932 Notice that in both cases the file is @file{stdlib.h} extracted to the
6933 current working directory, @option{--show-transformed-names} affects
6934 only the way its name is displayed.
6935
6936 This option is especially useful for verifying whether the invocation
6937 will have the desired effect. Thus, before running
6938
6939 @smallexample
6940 $ @kbd{tar -x --strip=@var{n}}
6941 @end smallexample
6942
6943 @noindent
6944 it is often advisable to run
6945
6946 @smallexample
6947 $ @kbd{tar -t -v --show-transformed --strip=@var{n}}
6948 @end smallexample
6949
6950 @noindent
6951 to make sure the command will produce the intended results.
6952
6953 In case you need to apply more complex modifications to the file name,
6954 @GNUTAR{} provides a general-purpose transformation option:
6955
6956 @table @option
6957 @opindex --transform
6958 @item --transform=@var{expression}
6959 Modify file names using supplied @var{expression}.
6960 @end table
6961
6962 @noindent
6963 The @var{expression} is a @command{sed}-like replace expression of the
6964 form:
6965
6966 @smallexample
6967 s/@var{regexp}/@var{replace}/[@var{flags}]
6968 @end smallexample
6969
6970 @noindent
6971 where @var{regexp} is a @dfn{regular expression}, @var{replace} is a
6972 replacement for each file name part that matches @var{regexp}. Both
6973 @var{regexp} and @var{replace} are described in detail in
6974 @ref{The "s" Command, The "s" Command, The `s' Command, sed, GNU sed}.
6975
6976 Supported @var{flags} are:
6977
6978 @table @samp
6979 @item g
6980 Apply the replacement to @emph{all} matches to the @var{regexp}, not
6981 just the first.
6982
6983 @item i
6984 Use case-insensitive matching
6985
6986 @item x
6987 @var{regexp} is an @dfn{extended regular expression} (@pxref{Extended
6988 regexps, Extended regular expressions, Extended regular expressions,
6989 sed, GNU sed}).
6990
6991 @item @var{number}
6992 Only replace the @var{number}th match of the @var{regexp}.
6993
6994 Note: the @var{posix} standard does not specify what should happen
6995 when you mix the @samp{g} and @var{number} modifiers. @GNUTAR{}
6996 follows the GNU @command{sed} implementation in this regard, so
6997 the the interaction is defined to be: ignore matches before the
6998 @var{number}th, and then match and replace all matches from the
6999 @var{number}th on.
7000
7001 @end table
7002
7003 Any delimiter can be used in lieue of @samp{/}, the only requirement being
7004 that it be used consistently throughout the expression. For example,
7005 the following two expressions are equivalent:
7006
7007 @smallexample
7008 @group
7009 s/one/two/
7010 s,one,two,
7011 @end group
7012 @end smallexample
7013
7014 Changing delimiters is often useful when the @var{regex} contains
7015 slashes. For example, it is more convenient to write @code{s,/,-,} than
7016 @code{s/\//-/}.
7017
7018 Here are several examples of @option{--transform} usage:
7019
7020 @enumerate
7021 @item Extract @file{usr/} hierarchy into @file{usr/local/}:
7022
7023 @smallexample
7024 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,usr/,usr/local/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7025 @end smallexample
7026
7027 @item Strip two leading directory components (equivalent to
7028 @option{--strip-components=2}):
7029
7030 @smallexample
7031 $ @kbd{tar --transform='s,/*[^/]*/[^/]*/,,' -x -f arch.tar}
7032 @end smallexample
7033
7034 @item Prepend @file{/prefix/} to each file name:
7035
7036 @smallexample
7037 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's,^,/prefix/,' -x -f arch.tar}
7038 @end smallexample
7039
7040 @item Convert each file name to lower case:
7041
7042 @smallexample
7043 $ @kbd{tar --transform 's/.*/\L&/' -x -f arch.tar}
7044 @end smallexample
7045
7046 @end enumerate
7047
7048 Unlike @option{--strip-components}, @option{--transform} can be used
7049 in any @GNUTAR{} operation mode. For example, the following command
7050 adds files to the archive while replacing the leading @file{usr/}
7051 component with @file{var/}:
7052
7053 @smallexample
7054 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' /}
7055 @end smallexample
7056
7057 To test @option{--transform} effect we suggest using
7058 @option{--show-transformed-names} option:
7059
7060 @smallexample
7061 $ @kbd{tar -cf arch.tar --transform='s,^usr/,var/,' \
7062 --verbose --show-transformed-names /}
7063 @end smallexample
7064
7065 If both @option{--strip-components} and @option{--transform} are used
7066 together, then @option{--transform} is applied first, and the required
7067 number of components is then stripped from its result.
7068
7069 @node after
7070 @section Operating Only on New Files
7071 @UNREVISED
7072
7073 @cindex Excluding file by age
7074 @cindex Data Modification time, excluding files by
7075 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
7076 @cindex Age, excluding files by
7077 The @option{--after-date=@var{date}} (@option{--newer=@var{date}},
7078 @option{-N @var{date}}) option causes @command{tar} to only work on
7079 files whose data modification or status change times are newer than
7080 the @var{date} given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.},
7081 it is taken to be a file name; the data modification time of that file
7082 is used as the date. If you use this option when creating or appending
7083 to an archive, the archive will only include new files. If you use
7084 @option{--after-date} when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will
7085 only extract files newer than the @var{date} you specify.
7086
7087 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
7088 modification of the file's data (rather than status
7089 changes), then use the @option{--newer-mtime=@var{date}} option.
7090
7091 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
7092 differ from the @option{--update} (@option{-u}) operation in that they
7093 allow you to specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can
7094 compare when deciding whether or not to archive the files.
7095
7096 @table @option
7097 @opindex after-date
7098 @opindex newer
7099 @item --after-date=@var{date}
7100 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
7101 @itemx -N @var{date}
7102 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
7103
7104 Acts on files only if their data modification or status change times are
7105 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
7106
7107 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
7108 name; the data modification time of that file is used as the date.
7109
7110 @opindex newer-mtime
7111 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
7112 Acts like @option{--after-date}, but only looks at data modification times.
7113 @end table
7114
7115 These options limit @command{tar} to operate only on files which have
7116 been modified after the date specified. A file's status is considered to have
7117 changed if its contents have been modified, or if its owner,
7118 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
7119 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
7120 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
7121
7122 Gurus would say that @option{--after-date} tests both the data
7123 modification time (@code{mtime}, the time the contents of the file
7124 were last modified) and the status change time (@code{ctime}, the time
7125 the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc.@:)
7126 fields, while @option{--newer-mtime} tests only the @code{mtime}
7127 field.
7128
7129 To be precise, @option{--after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
7130 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
7131 @var{date}, while @option{--newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
7132 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither does it use @code{atime} (the last time the
7133 contents of the file were looked at).
7134
7135 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
7136 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
7137 arguments. For example, the following command will add to the archive
7138 all the files modified less than two days ago:
7139
7140 @smallexample
7141 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar --newer-mtime '2 days ago'}
7142 @end smallexample
7143
7144 @quotation
7145 @strong{Please Note:} @option{--after-date} and @option{--newer-mtime}
7146 should not be used for incremental backups. @xref{Incremental Dumps},
7147 for proper way of creating incremental backups.
7148 @end quotation
7149
7150 @node recurse
7151 @section Descending into Directories
7152 @UNREVISED
7153 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
7154 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
7155 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
7156 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
7157
7158 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
7159
7160 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
7161 those given on the command line or through the @option{--files-from}
7162 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
7163 want @command{tar} to act this way.
7164
7165 @opindex no-recursion
7166 The @option{--no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
7167 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
7168 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
7169 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
7170 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
7171 archive; see @ref{files}, for more information on using @command{find} with
7172 @command{tar}, or look.
7173
7174 @table @option
7175 @item --no-recursion
7176 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
7177
7178 @opindex recursion
7179 @item --recursion
7180 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
7181 This is the default.
7182 @end table
7183
7184 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
7185 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
7186 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
7187 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
7188 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{-not -type d}}
7189 test in their @command{find} invocation (@pxref{Type, Type, Type test,
7190 find, Finding Files}), as they usually do not want all the files in a
7191 directory. They then use the @option{--files-from} option to archive
7192 the files located via @command{find}.
7193
7194 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
7195 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
7196 @option{--same-permissions} (@option{--preserve-permissions},
7197 @option{-p}) option does not affect them---while users might really
7198 like it to. Specifying @option{--no-recursion} is a way to tell
7199 @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
7200 no new files on its own. To summarize, if you use @command{find} to
7201 create a list of files to be stored in an archive, use it as follows:
7202
7203 @smallexample
7204 @group
7205 $ @kbd{find @var{dir} @var{tests} | \
7206 tar -cf @var{archive} -T - --no-recursion}
7207 @end group
7208 @end smallexample
7209
7210 The @option{--no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
7211 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
7212 the files under those directories.
7213
7214 The @option{--no-recursion} option also affects how globbing patterns
7215 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-matching}).
7216
7217 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
7218 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
7219 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
7220
7221 @smallexample
7222 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --no-recursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
7223 @end smallexample
7224
7225 @noindent
7226 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
7227 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
7228 other than @file{grape/concord}.
7229
7230 @node one
7231 @section Crossing File System Boundaries
7232 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
7233 @UNREVISED
7234
7235 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
7236 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
7237 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
7238 @option{--one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
7239 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
7240 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
7241 or through @option{--files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
7242
7243 @table @option
7244 @opindex one-file-system
7245 @item --one-file-system
7246 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
7247 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
7248 @end table
7249
7250 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
7251 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
7252 a directory is not on the same file system as the directory itself, then
7253 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
7254 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
7255 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
7256
7257 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
7258 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
7259 @option{--verbose} (@option{-v}), files that are excluded are
7260 mentioned by name on the standard error.
7261
7262 @menu
7263 * directory:: Changing Directory
7264 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
7265 @end menu
7266
7267 @node directory
7268 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
7269 @UNREVISED
7270
7271 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
7272 things around some.}
7273
7274 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
7275 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
7276 @cindex Working directory, specifying
7277 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
7278 either on the command line or in a file specified using
7279 @option{--files-from} (@option{-T}), use @option{--directory} (@option{-C}).
7280 This will change the working directory to the specified directory
7281 after that point in the list.
7282
7283 @table @option
7284 @opindex directory
7285 @item --directory=@var{directory}
7286 @itemx -C @var{directory}
7287 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
7288 @end table
7289
7290 For example,
7291
7292 @smallexample
7293 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
7294 @end smallexample
7295
7296 @noindent
7297 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
7298 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
7299 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
7300 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
7301 store in the same archive.
7302
7303 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
7304 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
7305 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
7306 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
7307 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
7308
7309 Contrast this with the command,
7310
7311 @smallexample
7312 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
7313 @end smallexample
7314
7315 @noindent
7316 which records the third file in the archive under the name
7317 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
7318 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
7319 named @file{orange-colored}.
7320
7321 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
7322 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
7323 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
7324 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
7325 @file{foo.tar}:
7326
7327 @smallexample
7328 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
7329 @end smallexample
7330
7331 @noindent
7332 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
7333 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
7334 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
7335 directories where those files were located.
7336
7337 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
7338 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
7339 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
7340 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
7341 @option{--directory} option.
7342
7343 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
7344 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
7345 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
7346 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
7347 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
7348 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
7349 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
7350
7351 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
7352
7353 @smallexample
7354 @group
7355 -C
7356 /etc
7357 passwd
7358 hosts
7359 -C
7360 /lib
7361 libc.a
7362 @end group
7363 @end smallexample
7364
7365 @noindent
7366 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
7367
7368 @smallexample
7369 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
7370 @end smallexample
7371
7372 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
7373 list, i.e., always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
7374
7375 The interpretation of @option{--directory} is disabled by
7376 @option{--null} option.
7377
7378 @node absolute
7379 @subsection Absolute File Names
7380 @UNREVISED
7381
7382 @table @option
7383 @opindex absolute-names
7384 @item --absolute-names
7385 @itemx -P
7386 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
7387 containing a @file{..} file name component.
7388 @end table
7389
7390 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
7391 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
7392 component. This option turns off this behavior.
7393
7394 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
7395 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
7396 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
7397 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
7398 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
7399 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
7400 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
7401 really @file{etc/passwd}.
7402
7403 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
7404 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
7405 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
7406
7407 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
7408 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
7409 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
7410 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
7411 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
7412 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
7413 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
7414 be @file{bin/ls}.@footnote{A side effect of this is that when
7415 @option{--create} is used with @option{--verbose} the resulting output
7416 is not, generally speaking, the same as the one you'd get running
7417 @kbd{tar --list} command. This may be important if you use some
7418 scripts for comparing both outputs. @xref{listing member and file names},
7419 for the information on how to handle this case.}
7420
7421 If you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
7422 @command{tar} will do none of these transformations.
7423
7424 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
7425 the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option.
7426
7427 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
7428 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
7429 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
7430
7431 When you specify @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}),
7432 @command{tar} stores file names including all superior directory
7433 names, and preserves leading slashes. If you only invoked
7434 @command{tar} from the root directory you would never need the
7435 @option{--absolute-names} option, but using this option
7436 may be more convenient than switching to root.
7437
7438 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
7439 to transfer files between systems.}
7440
7441 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
7442
7443 @table @option
7444 @item --absolute-names
7445 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
7446 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
7447
7448 @end table
7449
7450 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
7451
7452 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
7453 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
7454 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
7455 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
7456
7457 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
7458 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
7459 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
7460
7461 @smallexample
7462 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
7463 @end smallexample
7464
7465 @noindent
7466 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
7467 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
7468 For example:
7469
7470 @smallexample
7471 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
7472 # @i{or}:
7473 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
7474 @end smallexample
7475
7476 @include getdate.texi
7477
7478 @node Formats
7479 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
7480
7481 @cindex Tar archive formats
7482 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
7483 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
7484 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
7485
7486 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
7487 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
7488
7489 @table @asis
7490 @item gnu
7491 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
7492 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
7493 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
7494 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
7495 formats.
7496
7497 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
7498 length.
7499
7500 @item oldgnu
7501 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
7502
7503 @item v7
7504 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
7505 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
7506 are:
7507
7508 @enumerate
7509 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
7510 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
7511 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
7512 devices, fifos etc.)
7513 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
7514 octal)
7515 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
7516 and group name of the file owner).
7517 @end enumerate
7518
7519 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
7520 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
7521 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
7522 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
7523 Automake prior to 1.9.
7524
7525 @item ustar
7526 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
7527 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
7528 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
7529
7530 @enumerate
7531 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
7532 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
7533 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
7534 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
7535 characters.
7536 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
7537 100 characters.
7538 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
7539 is 8GB
7540 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
7541 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
7542 @end enumerate
7543
7544 @item star
7545 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
7546 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
7547 currently does not produce them.
7548
7549 @item posix
7550 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
7551 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
7552 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
7553 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
7554 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
7555 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
7556 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
7557 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
7558 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
7559
7560 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
7561 of @GNUTAR{}.
7562
7563 @end table
7564
7565 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
7566 formats:
7567
7568 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
7569 @headitem Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
7570 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
7571 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
7572 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
7573 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
7574 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
7575 @end multitable
7576
7577 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
7578 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
7579 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
7580 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
7581 switch to @samp{posix}.
7582
7583 @menu
7584 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
7585 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
7586 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
7587 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7588 @end menu
7589
7590 @node Portability
7591 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
7592
7593 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
7594 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
7595 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
7596 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
7597 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
7598 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
7599 archives more portable.
7600
7601 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
7602 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
7603 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
7604 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
7605
7606 @FIXME{Discuss GNU extensions (incremental backups, multi-volume
7607 archives and archive labels) in GNU and PAX formats.}
7608
7609 @menu
7610 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
7611 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
7612 * old:: Old V7 Archives
7613 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
7614 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
7615 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
7616 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
7617 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
7618 @end menu
7619
7620 @node Portable Names
7621 @subsection Portable Names
7622
7623 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
7624 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
7625 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
7626 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
7627 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
7628 less.
7629
7630 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
7631 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
7632 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
7633 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
7634 than System V's.
7635
7636 @node dereference
7637 @subsection Symbolic Links
7638 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
7639 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
7640
7641 @opindex dereference
7642 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
7643 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
7644 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the file system contents.
7645 @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}) is used with @option{--create} (@option{-c}), and causes
7646 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
7647 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
7648 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
7649 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
7650
7651 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
7652 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
7653 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
7654 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
7655 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
7656 system.
7657
7658 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
7659 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
7660 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
7661
7662 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
7663 and use @option{--dereference} (@option{-h}): many systems do not support
7664 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
7665 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
7666
7667 @node old
7668 @subsection Old V7 Archives
7669 @cindex Format, old style
7670 @cindex Old style format
7671 @cindex Old style archives
7672 @cindex v7 archive format
7673
7674 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
7675 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
7676 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
7677 versions, specify the @option{--format=v7} option in
7678 conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}) (@command{tar} also
7679 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
7680 option). When you specify it,
7681 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
7682 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
7683 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
7684
7685 When updating an archive, do not use @option{--format=v7}
7686 unless the archive was created using this option.
7687
7688 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
7689 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
7690 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
7691 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
7692 always use @option{--format=v7} for your distributions.
7693
7694 @node ustar
7695 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
7696
7697 @cindex ustar archive format
7698 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
7699 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
7700 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
7701 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
7702 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
7703 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
7704
7705 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @option{--format=ustar}
7706 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} (@option{-c}).
7707
7708 @node gnu
7709 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
7710
7711 @cindex GNU archive format
7712 @cindex Old GNU archive format
7713 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
7714 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
7715 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
7716 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
7717 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
7718 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
7719 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
7720 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
7721 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
7722
7723 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
7724 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
7725 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
7726
7727 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
7728 @option{--format=gnu}.
7729
7730 @node posix
7731 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
7732
7733 @cindex POSIX archive format
7734 @cindex PAX archive format
7735 Starting from version 1.14 @GNUTAR{} features full support for
7736 @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives.
7737
7738 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
7739 was given @option{--format=posix} (@option{--format=pax}) option. No
7740 special option is required to read and extract from a @acronym{POSIX}
7741 archive.
7742
7743 @menu
7744 * PAX keywords:: Controlling Extended Header Keywords.
7745 @end menu
7746
7747 @node PAX keywords
7748 @subsubsection Controlling Extended Header Keywords
7749
7750 @table @option
7751 @opindex pax-option
7752 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
7753 Handle keywords in @acronym{PAX} extended headers. This option is
7754 equivalent to @option{-o} option of the @command{pax} utility.
7755 @end table
7756
7757 @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
7758 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
7759 the following forms:
7760
7761 @table @code
7762 @item delete=@var{pattern}
7763 When used with one of archive-creation commands,
7764 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
7765 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
7766
7767 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
7768 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
7769 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
7770 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13
7771 (@pxref{wildcards}). For example:
7772
7773 @smallexample
7774 --pax-option delete=security.*
7775 @end smallexample
7776
7777 would suppress security-related information.
7778
7779 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
7780
7781 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
7782 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
7783 from @var{string} after making the following substitutions:
7784
7785 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
7786 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
7787 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
7788 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
7789 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
7790 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
7791 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
7792 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
7793 @end multitable
7794
7795 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
7796 results.
7797
7798 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
7799 will use the following default value:
7800
7801 @smallexample
7802 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
7803 @end smallexample
7804
7805 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
7806 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
7807 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
7808 is obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after making
7809 the following substitutions:
7810
7811 @multitable @columnfractions .25 .55
7812 @headitem Meta-character @tab Replaced By
7813 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
7814 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
7815 starting at 1.
7816 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
7817 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
7818 @end multitable
7819
7820 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined results.
7821
7822 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
7823 will use the following default value:
7824
7825 @smallexample
7826 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
7827 @end smallexample
7828
7829 @noindent
7830 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
7831 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
7832 uses @samp{/tmp}.
7833
7834 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
7835 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
7836 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
7837 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
7838 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
7839 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
7840 record.
7841
7842 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
7843 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
7844 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
7845 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
7846 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
7847
7848 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
7849 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
7850 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
7851 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
7852 For example, in the command:
7853
7854 @smallexample
7855 tar --format=posix --create \
7856 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
7857 @end smallexample
7858
7859 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
7860 stored in the archive.
7861 @end table
7862
7863 @node Checksumming
7864 @subsection Checksumming Problems
7865
7866 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
7867 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
7868 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
7869 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
7870 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
7871 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
7872 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
7873 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
7874 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
7875 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
7876 vice versa.
7877
7878 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
7879 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
7880 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
7881 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
7882 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
7883 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
7884 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
7885 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
7886
7887 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
7888 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
7889 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
7890 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
7891 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
7892 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
7893 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
7894 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
7895 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
7896 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
7897 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
7898
7899 @node Large or Negative Values
7900 @subsection Large or Negative Values
7901 @cindex large values
7902 @cindex future time stamps
7903 @cindex negative time stamps
7904 @UNREVISED{}
7905
7906 The above sections suggest to use @samp{oldest possible} archive
7907 format if in doubt. However, sometimes it is not possible. If you
7908 attempt to archive a file whose metadata cannot be represented using
7909 required format, @GNUTAR{} will print error message and ignore such a
7910 file. You will than have to switch to a format that is able to
7911 handle such values. The format summary table (@pxref{Formats}) will
7912 help you to do so.
7913
7914 In particular, when trying to archive files larger than 8GB or with
7915 timestamps not in the range 1970-01-01 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16
7916 12:56:31 @sc{utc}, you will have to chose between @acronym{GNU} and
7917 @acronym{POSIX} archive formats. When considering which format to
7918 choose, bear in mind that the @acronym{GNU} format uses
7919 two's-complement base-256 notation to store values that do not fit
7920 into standard @acronym{ustar} range. Such archives can generally be
7921 read only by a @GNUTAR{} implementation. Moreover, they sometimes
7922 cannot be correctly restored on another hosts even by @GNUTAR{}. For
7923 example, using two's complement representation for negative time
7924 stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t} generates archives
7925 that are not portable to hosts with differing @code{time_t}
7926 representations.
7927
7928 On the other hand, @acronym{POSIX} archives, generally speaking, can
7929 be extracted by any tar implementation that understands older
7930 @acronym{ustar} format. The only exception are files larger than 8GB.
7931
7932 @FIXME{Describe how @acronym{POSIX} archives are extracted by non
7933 POSIX-aware tars.}
7934
7935 @node Compression
7936 @section Using Less Space through Compression
7937
7938 @menu
7939 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7940 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
7941 @end menu
7942
7943 @node gzip
7944 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
7945 @cindex Compressed archives
7946 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
7947
7948 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
7949 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programs. For backward
7950 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
7951 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
7952 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
7953 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
7954 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
7955
7956 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
7957 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
7958 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
7959 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
7960 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
7961 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
7962 For example:
7963
7964 @smallexample
7965 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
7966 @end smallexample
7967
7968 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
7969 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
7970 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
7971 archive created in previous example:
7972
7973 @smallexample
7974 # List the compressed archive
7975 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
7976 # Extract the compressed archive
7977 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
7978 @end smallexample
7979
7980 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
7981 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
7982 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
7983 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
7984
7985 @smallexample
7986 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
7987 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
7988 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
7989 @end smallexample
7990
7991 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
7992 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
7993
7994 @smallexample
7995 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
7996 @end smallexample
7997
7998 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
7999 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
8000 modified, i.e., you cannot update (@option{--update} (@option{-u})) them or delete
8001 (@option{--delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
8002 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
8003 @option{--append} (@option{-r})). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
8004 compressed.
8005
8006 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
8007
8008 @table @option
8009 @opindex gzip
8010 @opindex ungzip
8011 @item -z
8012 @itemx --gzip
8013 @itemx --ungzip
8014 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
8015
8016 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
8017 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
8018 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
8019 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
8020 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
8021 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
8022
8023 @smallexample
8024 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
8025 @end smallexample
8026
8027 @noindent
8028 Another way would be to avoid the @option{--gzip} (@option{--gunzip}, @option{--ungzip}, @option{-z}) option and run
8029 @command{gzip} explicitly:
8030
8031 @smallexample
8032 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
8033 @end smallexample
8034
8035 @cindex corrupted archives
8036 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
8037 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
8038 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
8039 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
8040 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
8041 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
8042
8043 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
8044 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
8045 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
8046 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
8047 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
8048 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
8049
8050 @opindex bzip2
8051 @item -j
8052 @itemx --bzip2
8053 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8054
8055 @opindex compress
8056 @opindex uncompress
8057 @item -Z
8058 @itemx --compress
8059 @itemx --uncompress
8060 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like @option{--gzip}.
8061
8062 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
8063 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
8064 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
8065 @command{compress}.
8066
8067 @opindex use-compress-program
8068 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
8069 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
8070 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
8071 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
8072
8073 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
8074 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
8075
8076 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
8077 the opposite, i.e., read the compressed data from the standard input
8078 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
8079 @end table
8080
8081 @cindex gpg, using with tar
8082 @cindex gnupg, using with tar
8083 @cindex Using encrypted archives
8084 The @option{--use-compress-program} option, in particular, lets you
8085 implement your own filters, not necessarily dealing with
8086 compression/decomression. For example, suppose you wish to implement
8087 PGP encryption on top of compression, using @command{gpg} (@pxref{Top,
8088 gpg, gpg ---- encryption and signing tool, gpg, GNU Privacy Guard
8089 Manual}). The following script does that:
8090
8091 @smallexample
8092 @group
8093 #! /bin/sh
8094 case $1 in
8095 -d) gpg --decrypt - | gzip -d -c;;
8096 '') gzip -c | gpg -s ;;
8097 *) echo "Unknown option $1">&2; exit 1;;
8098 esac
8099 @end group
8100 @end smallexample
8101
8102 Suppose you name it @file{gpgz} and save it somewhere in your
8103 @env{PATH}. Then the following command will create a commpressed
8104 archive signed with your private key:
8105
8106 @smallexample
8107 $ @kbd{tar -cf foo.tar.gpgz --use-compress=gpgz .}
8108 @end smallexample
8109
8110 @noindent
8111 Likewise, the following command will list its contents:
8112
8113 @smallexample
8114 $ @kbd{tar -tf foo.tar.gpgz --use-compress=gpgz .}
8115 @end smallexample
8116
8117 @ignore
8118 The above is based on the following discussion:
8119
8120 I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
8121 to do it now. I would like to use @option{--gzip}, but I'd also like
8122 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
8123 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
8124 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
8125 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
8126 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
8127 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
8128 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
8129 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
8130
8131 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
8132 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
8133 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
8134 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
8135 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
8136
8137 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
8138 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
8139 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
8140 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
8141 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
8142
8143 Isn't that exactly the role of the
8144 @option{--use-compress-prog=@var{program}} option?
8145 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
8146 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
8147 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
8148 extraction is needed rather than creation.
8149
8150 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
8151 @option{--gzip} or @option{--compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
8152 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
8153 end up with less space on the tape.
8154 @end ignore
8155
8156 @node sparse
8157 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
8158 @cindex Sparse Files
8159 @UNREVISED
8160
8161 @table @option
8162 @opindex sparse
8163 @item -S
8164 @itemx --sparse
8165 Handle sparse files efficiently.
8166 @end table
8167
8168 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
8169 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @option{--sparse}
8170 (@option{-S}) option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
8171 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
8172 space needed to store such a file.
8173
8174 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
8175 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
8176 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
8177 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
8178
8179 Files in the file system occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
8180 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
8181 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
8182 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
8183 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
8184 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
8185 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}). When
8186 you use this option, then, for any file using less disk space than
8187 would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches the file for
8188 consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the archive for
8189 the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and only
8190 archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
8191 @option{--sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such
8192 files have holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros
8193 were found. Thus, if you use @option{--sparse}, @command{tar} archives
8194 won't take more space than the original.
8195
8196 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
8197 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
8198 the @option{--sparse} option in conjunction with the @option{--create}
8199 (@option{-c}) operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness
8200 while archiving. If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a
8201 sparse representation of the file in the archive. @xref{create}, for
8202 more information about creating archives.
8203
8204 @option{--sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
8205 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
8206 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
8207
8208 @quotation
8209 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @option{--sparse} when performing file
8210 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
8211 sparsely in the system.
8212
8213 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
8214 created in the future. If you use @option{--sparse} while making file
8215 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
8216 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
8217 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
8218 hundreds of tapes). @xref{Incremental Dumps}.
8219 @end quotation
8220
8221 @command{tar} ignores the @option{--sparse} option when reading an archive.
8222
8223 @table @option
8224 @item --sparse
8225 @itemx -S
8226 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
8227 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
8228 @end table
8229
8230 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
8231 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
8232 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
8233 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
8234 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
8235 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
8236 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
8237 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
8238 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
8239 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
8240
8241 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
8242 the @option{--sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
8243 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
8244 the whole truth, here. When @option{--sparse} is selected while creating
8245 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
8246 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
8247 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
8248
8249 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
8250 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
8251 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
8252 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
8253 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
8254 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
8255 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
8256 1990-12-10:
8257
8258 @quotation
8259 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
8260 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
8261 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
8262 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
8263 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
8264 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
8265
8266 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
8267 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
8268 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
8269 get it right.
8270 @end quotation
8271
8272 @node Attributes
8273 @section Handling File Attributes
8274 @UNREVISED
8275
8276 When @command{tar} reads files, it updates their access times. To
8277 avoid this, use the @option{--atime-preserve[=METHOD]} option, which can either
8278 reset the access time retroactively or avoid changing it in the first
8279 place.
8280
8281 Handling of file attributes
8282
8283 @table @option
8284 @opindex atime-preserve
8285 @item --atime-preserve
8286 @itemx --atime-preserve=replace
8287 @itemx --atime-preserve=system
8288 Preserve the access times of files that are read. This works only for
8289 files that you own, unless you have superuser privileges.
8290
8291 @option{--atime-preserve=replace} works on most systems, but it also
8292 restores the data modification time and updates the status change
8293 time. Hence it doesn't interact with incremental dumps nicely
8294 (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or data modification times
8295 incorrectly if other programs access the file while @command{tar} is
8296 running.
8297
8298 @option{--atime-preserve=system} avoids changing the access time in
8299 the first place, if the operating system supports this.
8300 Unfortunately, this may or may not work on any given operating system
8301 or file system. If @command{tar} knows for sure it won't work, it
8302 complains right away.
8303
8304 Currently @option{--atime-preserve} with no operand defaults to
8305 @option{--atime-preserve=replace}, but this is intended to change to
8306 @option{--atime-preserve=system} when the latter is better-supported.
8307
8308 @opindex touch
8309 @item -m
8310 @itemx --touch
8311 Do not extract data modification time.
8312
8313 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the data modification times
8314 of the files it extracts as the times when the files were extracted,
8315 instead of setting it to the times recorded in the archive.
8316
8317 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8318
8319 @opindex same-owner
8320 @item --same-owner
8321 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
8322 archive.
8323
8324 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
8325 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
8326 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
8327 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
8328 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
8329 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
8330 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
8331
8332 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
8333 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
8334 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
8335 it tries to look the name (if one was written) up in
8336 @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id stored in
8337 the archive instead.
8338
8339 @opindex no-same-owner
8340 @item --no-same-owner
8341 @itemx -o
8342 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
8343 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
8344 only for the superuser.
8345
8346 @opindex numeric-owner
8347 @item --numeric-owner
8348 The @option{--numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
8349 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
8350 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
8351 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
8352 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
8353
8354 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
8355 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
8356 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
8357 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
8358 one belonging to the file system(s) being extracted. This occurs,
8359 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
8360 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
8361 disk into another machine to do the restore.
8362
8363 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
8364 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
8365 system, unless @option{--old-archive} (@option{-o}) is used. Numeric ids could be
8366 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
8367 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
8368 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
8369
8370 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
8371 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
8372 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
8373 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
8374 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
8375 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
8376 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
8377 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
8378 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
8379 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
8380 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
8381 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
8382 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
8383 gives you a great deal of control already.
8384
8385 @opindex same-permissions, short description
8386 @opindex preserve-permissions, short description
8387 @item -p
8388 @itemx --same-permissions
8389 @itemx --preserve-permissions
8390 Extract all protection information.
8391
8392 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
8393 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
8394 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
8395 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
8396 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
8397
8398
8399 This option is meaningless with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
8400
8401 @opindex preserve
8402 @item --preserve
8403 Same as both @option{--same-permissions} and @option{--same-order}.
8404
8405 The @option{--preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
8406 It is equivalent to @option{--same-permissions} plus @option{--same-order}.
8407
8408 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)
8409 Neither do I. --Sergey}
8410
8411 @end table
8412
8413 @node cpio
8414 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
8415 @UNREVISED
8416
8417 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
8418
8419 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
8420 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
8421 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
8422 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
8423 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
8424 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
8425
8426 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
8427 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
8428 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
8429 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
8430 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
8431 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
8432 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
8433 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
8434
8435 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
8436 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
8437 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
8438 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
8439
8440 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
8441
8442 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
8443 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
8444 (4.3-tahoe and later).
8445
8446 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
8447 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
8448 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
8449 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
8450 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
8451 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
8452 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
8453 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
8454 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
8455 make hard links between them.
8456
8457 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
8458 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
8459 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
8460 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
8461 of the names.
8462
8463 @quotation
8464 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
8465 @end quotation
8466
8467 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
8468 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
8469 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
8470
8471 @quotation
8472 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
8473 at the unix scene,
8474 @end quotation
8475
8476 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
8477 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
8478 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
8479 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
8480 @command{cpio} knew about it.
8481
8482 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
8483 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
8484 rest of the files.
8485
8486 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
8487
8488 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
8489 to start on a record boundary.
8490
8491 @quotation
8492 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
8493 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
8494 crashed archives at all.)
8495 @end quotation
8496
8497 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
8498 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
8499 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
8500 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
8501 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
8502 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
8503 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
8504 archive.
8505
8506 @quotation
8507 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
8508 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
8509 @end quotation
8510
8511 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
8512 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
8513 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
8514 special files.
8515
8516 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
8517 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
8518 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
8519 backwards compatibility.
8520
8521 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
8522 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
8523 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
8524
8525 @node Media
8526 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
8527 @UNREVISED
8528
8529 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
8530 description. These special cases are discussed below.
8531
8532 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
8533 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
8534 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
8535 such manipulation easier.
8536
8537 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
8538 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
8539
8540 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
8541 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
8542 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
8543 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
8544
8545 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
8546 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
8547 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
8548 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
8549 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
8550 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
8551
8552 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
8553 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
8554 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
8555 not a good idea.
8556
8557 @menu
8558 * Device:: Device selection and switching
8559 * Remote Tape Server::
8560 * Common Problems and Solutions::
8561 * Blocking:: Blocking
8562 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
8563 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
8564 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
8565 * verify::
8566 * Write Protection::
8567 @end menu
8568
8569 @node Device
8570 @section Device Selection and Switching
8571 @UNREVISED
8572
8573 @table @option
8574 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8575 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
8576 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
8577 @end table
8578
8579 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
8580 works on.
8581
8582 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
8583 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
8584 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
8585 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
8586 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
8587
8588 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
8589 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
8590 sign (@samp{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
8591 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
8592 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
8593 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
8594 @command{rsh}.
8595 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
8596 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
8597 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
8598 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
8599 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
8600 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
8601 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
8602 runtime by using @option{rmt-command=@var{command}} option (@xref{Option Summary,
8603 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
8604 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
8605
8606 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
8607 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
8608 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
8609 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
8610 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
8611
8612 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
8613 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
8614 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
8615 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
8616 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
8617 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
8618 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
8619 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
8620 cartridges or diskettes.
8621
8622 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
8623 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
8624 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
8625 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
8626 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
8627 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
8628 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
8629 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
8630 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
8631 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
8632 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
8633 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
8634
8635 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
8636 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
8637 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
8638 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
8639 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
8640
8641 @table @option
8642 @opindex force-local, short description
8643 @item --force-local
8644 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
8645
8646 @opindex rsh-command
8647 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
8648 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
8649 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
8650 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
8651
8652 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
8653 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
8654 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
8655 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
8656 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
8657 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
8658
8659 @item -[0-7][lmh]
8660 Specify drive and density.
8661
8662 @opindex multi-volume, short description
8663 @item -M
8664 @itemx --multi-volume
8665 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
8666
8667 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
8668 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
8669 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
8670
8671 @opindex tape-length, short description
8672 @item -L @var{num}
8673 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
8674 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
8675
8676 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
8677 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
8678 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
8679
8680 @opindex info-script, short description
8681 @opindex new-volume-script, short description
8682 @item -F @var{file}
8683 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
8684 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
8685 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. This implies
8686 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}). @xref{info-script}, for a detailed
8687 description of this option.
8688 @end table
8689
8690 @node Remote Tape Server
8691 @section The Remote Tape Server
8692
8693 @cindex remote tape drive
8694 @pindex rmt
8695 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
8696 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
8697 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
8698 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
8699 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
8700 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
8701 using a different login name if one is supplied.
8702
8703 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
8704 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
8705 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
8706 installed by default.
8707
8708 @cindex absolute file names
8709 Unless you use the @option{--absolute-names} (@option{-P}) option,
8710 @GNUTAR{} will not allow you to create an archive that contains
8711 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
8712 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
8713 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
8714 message telling you what it is doing.
8715
8716 When reading an archive that was created with a different
8717 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
8718 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
8719 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
8720 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
8721 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
8722 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
8723 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
8724 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
8725 backup tapes.
8726
8727 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
8728 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
8729 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
8730 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
8731 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
8732 from the archive, or you should either use the @option{--absolute-names}
8733 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
8734
8735 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
8736 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
8737 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
8738 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
8739 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
8740 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
8741
8742 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
8743 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
8744 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
8745 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
8746 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
8747 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
8748
8749 This means that the @option{--append}, @option{--concatenate}, and
8750 @option{--delete} commands will not work on any other kind of file.
8751 Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which means these commands and
8752 options will never be able to work on them. These non-backspacing
8753 media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
8754
8755 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
8756 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
8757
8758 Archives created with the @option{--multi-volume}, @option{--label}, and
8759 @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) options may not be readable by other version
8760 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
8761 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
8762 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
8763 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
8764 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
8765 with the @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.
8766
8767 @node Common Problems and Solutions
8768 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
8769
8770 @ifclear PUBLISH
8771
8772 @format
8773 errors from system:
8774 permission denied
8775 no such file or directory
8776 not owner
8777
8778 errors from @command{tar}:
8779 directory checksum error
8780 header format error
8781
8782 errors from media/system:
8783 i/o error
8784 device busy
8785 @end format
8786
8787 @end ifclear
8788
8789 @node Blocking
8790 @section Blocking
8791 @UNREVISED
8792
8793 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
8794 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
8795 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
8796 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
8797 two terms in a quite consistent way.
8798
8799 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
8800 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
8801
8802 @quotation
8803 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
8804 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
8805 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
8806 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
8807 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
8808 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
8809 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
8810 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
8811 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
8812 parameter specified this to the operating system.
8813
8814 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
8815 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
8816 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
8817 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
8818 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
8819 into the source code too.
8820 @end quotation
8821
8822 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
8823 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
8824 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
8825 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
8826 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
8827 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
8828 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
8829 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
8830 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
8831 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
8832 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
8833 in @GNUTAR{}.
8834
8835 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
8836 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
8837 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
8838 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
8839 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
8840 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
8841 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
8842 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
8843 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
8844 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
8845 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
8846 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
8847 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
8848 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
8849 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
8850
8851 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
8852 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
8853 factor, use the @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8854 @var{512-size}}) option. Each record will then be composed of
8855 @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is 512 bytes.
8856 @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses at least one
8857 full record. As a result, using a larger record size can result in
8858 more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a larger record
8859 size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
8860
8861 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
8862 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
8863 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
8864 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
8865 honor blocking.
8866
8867 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
8868 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
8869 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
8870 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
8871 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
8872 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
8873 blocking factor (with @option{--blocking-factor}) larger than the
8874 actual blocking factor, and then use the @option{--read-full-records}
8875 (@option{-B}) option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
8876 @option{--blocking-factor} and don't use the
8877 @option{--read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
8878 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
8879 you must always specify the record size exactly with
8880 @option{--blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
8881 figure it out. In any case, use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) before
8882 doing any extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
8883 correctly.
8884
8885 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
8886 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
8887 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
8888 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
8889 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
8890
8891 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
8892 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
8893 @option{--blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
8894 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
8895 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
8896 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
8897 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
8898 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
8899 around one megabyte.
8900
8901 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
8902 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
8903 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
8904 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
8905 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
8906 device.
8907
8908 @menu
8909 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
8910 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8911 @end menu
8912
8913 @node Format Variations
8914 @subsection Format Variations
8915 @cindex Format Parameters
8916 @cindex Format Options
8917 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
8918 @cindex Options, format specifying
8919 @UNREVISED
8920
8921 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
8922 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
8923 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
8924 store the archive.
8925
8926 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
8927 you can use the options described in the following sections.
8928 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
8929 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
8930 If you create an archive with the @option{--blocking-factor} option
8931 specified (@pxref{Blocking Factor}), you must specify that
8932 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
8933 examples of format parameter considerations.
8934
8935 @node Blocking Factor
8936 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
8937 @cindex Blocking Factor
8938 @cindex Record Size
8939 @cindex Number of blocks per record
8940 @cindex Number of bytes per record
8941 @cindex Bytes per record
8942 @cindex Blocks per record
8943 @UNREVISED
8944
8945 @opindex blocking-factor
8946 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
8947 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
8948 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
8949 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
8950 The @option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b
8951 @var{512-size}}) option specifies the blocking factor of an archive.
8952 The default blocking factor is typically 20 (i.e., 10240 bytes), but
8953 can be specified at installation. To find out the blocking factor of
8954 an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list --file=@var{archive-name}}.
8955 This may not work on some devices.
8956
8957 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
8958 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
8959 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
8960 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
8961 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
8962 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
8963 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
8964 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
8965 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
8966 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
8967 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
8968 writing archives.
8969
8970 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
8971
8972 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
8973 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
8974 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
8975 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
8976 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
8977 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
8978
8979 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
8980 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
8981 example, this has been reported:
8982
8983 @smallexample
8984 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
8985 @end smallexample
8986
8987 @noindent
8988 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
8989 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
8990 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
8991 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
8992 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
8993 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
8994 for example, might resolve the problem.
8995
8996 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
8997 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
8998 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
8999 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
9000 can use @option{--list} (@option{-t}) without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
9001 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
9002 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
9003 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
9004 is), you can usually use the @option{--read-full-records} (@option{-B}) option while
9005 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
9006 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
9007 @xref{list}, for more information on the @option{--list} (@option{-t})
9008 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
9009
9010 @table @option
9011 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
9012 @itemx -b @var{number}
9013 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
9014 operation, but is usually not necessary with @option{--list} (@option{-t}).
9015 @end table
9016
9017 Device blocking
9018
9019 @table @option
9020 @item -b @var{blocks}
9021 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
9022 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
9023
9024 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
9025 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
9026 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
9027 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
9028 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
9029 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
9030
9031 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
9032 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
9033 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
9034 running on old machines with small address spaces.
9035
9036 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
9037 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
9038 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
9039 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
9040 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
9041
9042 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
9043 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
9044 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
9045 updating the archive.
9046
9047 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
9048 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
9049 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
9050 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
9051
9052 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
9053 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
9054 the amount of available virtual memory.
9055
9056 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
9057 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
9058 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
9059 @itemize @bullet
9060 @item
9061 the archive is subject to a compression option,
9062 @item
9063 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
9064 redirected nor piped,
9065 @item
9066 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
9067 device,
9068 @item
9069 @option{--blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
9070 invocation.
9071 @end itemize
9072
9073 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
9074 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
9075 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
9076 topic:
9077
9078 @itemize @bullet
9079
9080 @item
9081 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
9082 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
9083 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
9084 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
9085 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
9086 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
9087
9088 @item
9089 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
9090 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
9091 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
9092 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
9093 ignored.
9094
9095 @item
9096 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
9097 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
9098 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
9099 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
9100 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
9101 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
9102 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
9103
9104 @item
9105 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
9106 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
9107 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
9108 @end itemize
9109
9110 @opindex ignore-zeros, short description
9111 @item -i
9112 @itemx --ignore-zeros
9113 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
9114
9115 The @option{--ignore-zeros} (@option{-i}) option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
9116 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
9117 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
9118 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
9119 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
9120 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
9121 the zeroed blocks.
9122
9123 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
9124 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
9125 are stored on a single physical tape.
9126
9127 @opindex read-full-records, short description
9128 @item -B
9129 @itemx --read-full-records
9130 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
9131
9132 If @option{--read-full-records} is used, @command{tar}
9133 will not panic if an attempt to read a record from the archive does
9134 not return a full record. Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading
9135 until it has obtained a full
9136 record.
9137
9138 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
9139 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
9140 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
9141 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
9142 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
9143 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
9144
9145 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
9146
9147 @end table
9148
9149 Tape blocking
9150
9151 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
9152
9153 @cindex blocking factor
9154 @cindex tape blocking
9155
9156 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
9157 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
9158 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
9159 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
9160 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
9161 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
9162 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
9163 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
9164 tape motion without loosing information.
9165
9166 @cindex Exabyte blocking
9167 @cindex DAT blocking
9168 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
9169 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
9170 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
9171 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
9172 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
9173 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
9174 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
9175 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
9176 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
9177 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
9178 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
9179 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
9180 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
9181 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
9182 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
9183 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
9184
9185 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
9186 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
9187 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
9188 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
9189
9190 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
9191 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
9192 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
9193
9194 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
9195 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
9196 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
9197
9198 @node Many
9199 @section Many Archives on One Tape
9200
9201 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
9202
9203 @findex ntape @r{device}
9204 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
9205 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
9206 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
9207 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
9208 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
9209 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
9210 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
9211 device.
9212
9213 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
9214 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
9215 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
9216 means that a simple:
9217
9218 @smallexample
9219 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
9220 @end smallexample
9221
9222 @noindent
9223 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
9224 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
9225 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
9226 just been saved.
9227
9228 @cindex tape positioning
9229 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
9230 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
9231 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
9232 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
9233 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
9234 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
9235 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
9236 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
9237 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
9238 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
9239 recovered.
9240
9241 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
9242 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
9243
9244 @smallexample
9245 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
9246 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
9247 @end smallexample
9248
9249 @cindex tape marks
9250 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
9251 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
9252 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
9253 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
9254 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
9255 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
9256 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
9257 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
9258 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
9259 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
9260 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
9261
9262 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
9263 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
9264
9265 @smallexample
9266 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
9267 @end smallexample
9268
9269 @noindent
9270 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
9271
9272 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
9273 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
9274 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
9275 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
9276 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
9277 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
9278 these commands:
9279
9280 @smallexample
9281 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
9282 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
9283 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
9284 @end smallexample
9285
9286 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
9287 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
9288
9289 @menu
9290 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
9291 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
9292 @end menu
9293
9294 @node Tape Positioning
9295 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
9296 @UNREVISED
9297
9298 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
9299 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
9300 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
9301 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
9302 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
9303 two at the end of all the file entries.
9304
9305 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
9306 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
9307
9308 @smallexample
9309 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
9310 @end smallexample
9311
9312 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
9313 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
9314 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
9315 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
9316 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
9317 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
9318 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
9319 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
9320 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
9321 the beginning of the archive you want to read. You can do it manually
9322 via @code{mt} utility (@pxref{mt}). The @code{restore} script does
9323 that automatically (@pxref{Scripted Restoration}).
9324
9325 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
9326 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
9327 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
9328 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
9329 following:
9330
9331 @smallexample
9332 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
9333 @end smallexample
9334
9335 @node mt
9336 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
9337 @UNREVISED
9338
9339 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
9340 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
9341 @xref{Blocking Factor}.
9342
9343 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
9344 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
9345 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
9346 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
9347 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
9348 together"?}
9349
9350 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
9351
9352 @smallexample
9353 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
9354 @end smallexample
9355
9356 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
9357 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
9358 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
9359
9360 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
9361
9362 @table @option
9363 @item eof
9364 @itemx weof
9365 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
9366
9367 @item fsf
9368 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
9369
9370 @item bsf
9371 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
9372
9373 @item rewind
9374 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
9375
9376 @item offline
9377 @itemx rewoff1
9378 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
9379
9380 @item status
9381 Prints status information about the tape unit.
9382
9383 @end table
9384
9385 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
9386
9387 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
9388 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} will use
9389 the default device specified in your @file{sys/mtio.h} file
9390 (@code{DEFTAPE} variable). If this is not defined, the program will
9391 display a descriptive error message and exit with code 1.
9392
9393 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
9394 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
9395 failed.
9396
9397 @node Using Multiple Tapes
9398 @section Using Multiple Tapes
9399 @UNREVISED
9400
9401 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
9402 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
9403 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
9404 are using options like @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} or dumping entire file systems.
9405 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
9406
9407 Use @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) on the command line, and
9408 then @command{tar} will, when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt
9409 for another tape, and continue the archive. Each tape will have an
9410 independent archive, and can be read without needing the other. (As
9411 an exception to this, the file that @command{tar} was archiving when
9412 it ran out of tape will usually be split between the two archives; in
9413 this case you need to extract from the first archive, using
9414 @option{--multi-volume}, and then put in the second tape when
9415 prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the file.)
9416
9417 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly portable format.
9418 You need @GNUTAR{} at both ends to process them properly.
9419
9420 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
9421 responses:
9422
9423 @table @kbd
9424 @item ?
9425 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
9426 @item q
9427 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
9428 @item n @var{file-name}
9429 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file-name}.
9430 @item !
9431 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell. This option can be disabled
9432 by giving @option{--restrict} command line option to @command{tar}.
9433 @item y
9434 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
9435 @end table
9436
9437 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
9438 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
9439
9440 @cindex End-of-archive info script
9441 @cindex Info script
9442 @anchor{info-script}
9443 @opindex info-script
9444 @opindex new-volume-script
9445 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
9446 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
9447 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
9448 @var{script-name}}) option. The file @var{script-name} is expected to
9449 be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
9450 prompting procedure. It is executed without any command line
9451 arguments. Additional data is passed to it via the following
9452 environment variables:
9453
9454 @table @env
9455 @vrindex TAR_VERSION, info script environment variable
9456 @item TAR_VERSION
9457 @GNUTAR{} version number.
9458
9459 @vrindex TAR_ARCHIVE, info script environment variable
9460 @item TAR_ARCHIVE
9461 The name of the archive @command{tar} is processing.
9462
9463 @vrindex TAR_VOLUME, info script environment variable
9464 @item TAR_VOLUME
9465 Ordinal number of the volume @command{tar} is about to start.
9466
9467 @vrindex TAR_SUBCOMMAND, info script environment variable
9468 @item TAR_SUBCOMMAND
9469 Short option describing the operation @command{tar} is executing
9470 @xref{Operations}, for a complete list of subcommand options.
9471
9472 @vrindex TAR_FORMAT, info script environment variable
9473 @item TAR_FORMAT
9474 Format of the archive being processed. @xref{Formats}, for a complete
9475 list of archive format names.
9476 @end table
9477
9478 The info script can instruct @command{tar} to use new archive name,
9479 by writing in to file descriptor 3 (see below for an
9480 example).
9481
9482 If the info script fails, @command{tar} exits; otherwise, it begins
9483 writing the next volume.
9484
9485 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
9486 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
9487 @option{--tape-length=@var{size}} (@option{-L @var{size}}) option if
9488 @command{tar} can't detect the end of the tape itself. This option
9489 selects @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) automatically. The
9490 @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape in
9491 units of 1024 bytes. But for many devices, and floppy disks in
9492 particular, this option is never required for real, as far as we know.
9493
9494 @cindex Volume number file
9495 @cindex volno file
9496 @anchor{volno-file}
9497 @opindex volno-file
9498 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
9499 can be changed; if you give the
9500 @option{--volno-file=@var{file-of-number}} option, then
9501 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or
9502 else, a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be
9503 used as the volume number of the first volume written. When
9504 @command{tar} is finished, it will rewrite the file with the
9505 now-current volume number. (This does not change the volume number
9506 written on a tape label, as per @ref{label}, it @emph{only} affects
9507 the number used in the prompt.)
9508
9509 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of files or tape
9510 drives, there are three approaches to choose from. First of all, you
9511 can give @command{tar} multiple @option{--file} options. In this case
9512 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive
9513 volumes of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs
9514 to be used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run
9515 the info script). Secondly, you can use the @samp{n} response to the
9516 tape-change prompt, and, finally, you can use an info script, that
9517 writes new archive name to file descriptor. The following example
9518 illustrates this approach:
9519
9520 @smallexample
9521 @group
9522 #! /bin/sh
9523 echo Preparing volume $TAR_VOLUME of $TAR_ARCHIVE.
9524
9525 name=`expr $TAR_ARCHIVE : '\(.*\)-.*'`
9526 case $TAR_SUBCOMMAND in
9527 -c) ;;
9528 -d|-x|-t) test -r $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME || exit 1
9529 ;;
9530 *) exit 1
9531 esac
9532
9533 echo $@{name:-$TAR_ARCHIVE@}-$TAR_VOLUME >&3
9534 @end group
9535 @end smallexample
9536
9537 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
9538 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
9539 volume alone; just don't specify @option{--multi-volume}
9540 (@option{-M}). However, if one file in the archive is split across
9541 volumes, the only way to extract it successfully is with a
9542 multi-volume extract command @option{--extract --multi-volume}
9543 (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where the file begins.
9544
9545 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
9546 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
9547 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
9548 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
9549
9550 @smallexample
9551 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9552 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
9553 @end smallexample
9554
9555 @menu
9556 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9557 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
9558 * Tarcat:: Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9559
9560 @end menu
9561
9562 @node Multi-Volume Archives
9563 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
9564 @cindex Multi-volume archives
9565 @UNREVISED
9566
9567 @opindex multi-volume
9568 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
9569 the media, use the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option in conjunction with
9570 the @option{--create} option (@pxref{create}). A @dfn{multi-volume}
9571 archive can be manipulated like any other archive (provided the
9572 @option{--multi-volume} option is specified), but is stored on more
9573 than one tape or disk.
9574
9575 When you specify @option{--multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
9576 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
9577 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
9578 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
9579 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
9580 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
9581
9582 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
9583 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
9584 volume, use @option{--list}, without @option{--multi-volume} specified.
9585 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
9586 that volume), use @option{--extract}, again without
9587 @option{--multi-volume}.
9588
9589 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
9590 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
9591 @option{--multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
9592 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
9593 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
9594 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
9595 information about extracting archives.
9596
9597 @option{--info-script=@var{script-name}}
9598 (@option{--new-volume-script=@var{script-name}}, @option{-F
9599 @var{script-name}}) (@pxref{info-script}) is like
9600 @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), except that @command{tar} does
9601 not prompt you directly to change media volumes when a volume is
9602 full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored in
9603 @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
9604 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
9605 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When
9606 @var{script-name} is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media
9607 has been changed.
9608
9609 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
9610 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
9611 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
9612 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
9613
9614 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using
9615 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9616 (@pxref{label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
9617 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label
9618 subsequent volumes, specify @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} again
9619 in conjunction with the @option{--append}, @option{--update} or
9620 @option{--concatenate} operation.
9621
9622 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
9623 @FIXME{example}
9624
9625 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
9626 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
9627
9628 @table @option
9629 @item --multi-volume
9630 @itemx -M
9631 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
9632 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
9633 archive, specify @option{--multi-volume} in conjunction with that
9634 operation.
9635
9636 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
9637 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{program-file}
9638 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
9639 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
9640 @option{--create} (@option{-c}). @xref{info-script}, dor a detailed discussion.
9641 @end table
9642
9643 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
9644 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
9645 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
9646 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
9647 The converse is also true: you may not expect
9648 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
9649 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
9650 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
9651 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
9652 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
9653 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
9654 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
9655
9656 @node Tape Files
9657 @subsection Tape Files
9658 @UNREVISED
9659
9660 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
9661 @option{--label=@var{volume-label}} (@option{-V @var{volume-label}})
9662 option. This will write a special block identifying
9663 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the
9664 archive which will be displayed when the archive is listed with
9665 @option{--list}. If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
9666 @option{--multi-volume} (@pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}), then the
9667 volume label will have @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name
9668 you give, where @var{nnn} is the number of the volume of the archive.
9669 (If you use the @option{--label=@var{volume-label}}) option when
9670 reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the tape
9671 matches the one you give. @xref{label}.
9672
9673 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
9674 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
9675 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
9676 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
9677 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
9678 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
9679 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
9680
9681 People seem to often do:
9682
9683 @smallexample
9684 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
9685 @end smallexample
9686
9687 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
9688
9689 @node Tarcat
9690 @subsection Concatenate Volumes into a Single Archive
9691
9692 @pindex tarcat
9693 Sometimes it is necessary to convert existing @GNUTAR{} multi-volume
9694 archive to a single @command{tar} archive. Simply concatenating all
9695 volumes into one will not work, since each volume carries an additional
9696 information at the beginning. @GNUTAR{} is shipped with the shell
9697 script @command{tarcat} designed for this purpose.
9698
9699 The script takes a list of files comprising a multi-volume archive
9700 and creates the resulting archive at the standard output. For example:
9701
9702 @smallexample
9703 @kbd{tarcat vol.1 vol.2 vol.3 | tar tf -}
9704 @end smallexample
9705
9706 The script implements a simple heuristics to determine the format of
9707 the first volume file and to decide how to process the rest of the
9708 files. However, it makes no attempt to verify whether the files are
9709 given in order or even if they are valid @command{tar} archives.
9710 It uses @command{dd} and does not filter its standard error, so you
9711 will usually see lots of spurious messages.
9712
9713 @FIXME{The script is not installed. Should we install it?}
9714
9715 @node label
9716 @section Including a Label in the Archive
9717 @cindex Labeling an archive
9718 @cindex Labels on the archive media
9719 @UNREVISED
9720
9721 @opindex label
9722 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
9723 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
9724 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
9725 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9726 option in conjunction with the @option{--create} operation to include
9727 a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
9728
9729 @table @option
9730 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
9731 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
9732 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
9733 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
9734 @option{--create} operation. Checks to make sure the archive label
9735 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with any other
9736 operation.
9737 @end table
9738
9739 If you create an archive using both
9740 @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}})
9741 and @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), each volume of the archive
9742 will have an archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label}
9743 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
9744 next, and so on. @xref{Using Multiple Tapes}, for information on
9745 creating multiple volume archives.
9746
9747 @cindex Volume label, listing
9748 @cindex Listing volume label
9749 The volume label will be displayed by @option{--list} along with
9750 the file contents. If verbose display is requested, it will also be
9751 explicitely marked as in the example below:
9752
9753 @smallexample
9754 @group
9755 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
9756 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
9757 -rw-r--r-- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
9758 @end group
9759 @end smallexample
9760
9761 @opindex test-label
9762 @anchor{--test-label option}
9763 However, @option{--list} option will cause listing entire
9764 contents of the archive, which may be undesirable (for example, if the
9765 archive is stored on a tape). You can request checking only the volume
9766 by specifying @option{--test-label} option. This option reads only the
9767 first block of an archive, so it can be used with slow storage
9768 devices. For example:
9769
9770 @smallexample
9771 @group
9772 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive}
9773 iamalabel
9774 @end group
9775 @end smallexample
9776
9777 If @option{--test-label} is used with a single command line
9778 argument, @command{tar} compares the volume label with the
9779 argument. It exits with code 0 if the two strings match, and with code
9780 2 otherwise. In this case no output is displayed. For example:
9781
9782 @smallexample
9783 @group
9784 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable'}
9785 @result{} 0
9786 $ @kbd{tar --test-label --file=iamanarchive 'iamalable' alabel}
9787 @result{} 1
9788 @end group
9789 @end smallexample
9790
9791 If you request any operation, other than @option{--create}, along
9792 with using @option{--label} option, @command{tar} will first check if
9793 the archive label matches the one specified and will refuse to proceed
9794 if it does not. Use this as a safety precaution to avoid accidentally
9795 overwriting existing archives. For example, if you wish to add files
9796 to @file{archive}, presumably labelled with string @samp{My volume},
9797 you will get:
9798
9799 @smallexample
9800 @group
9801 $ @kbd{tar -rf archive --label 'My volume' .}
9802 tar: Archive not labeled to match `My volume'
9803 @end group
9804 @end smallexample
9805
9806 @noindent
9807 in case its label does not match. This will work even if
9808 @file{archive} is not labelled at all.
9809
9810 Similarly, @command{tar} will refuse to list or extract the
9811 archive if its label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
9812 specified. In those cases, @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted
9813 as a globbing-style pattern which must match the actual magnetic
9814 volume label. @xref{exclude}, for a precise description of how match
9815 is attempted@footnote{Previous versions of @command{tar} used full
9816 regular expression matching, or before that, only exact string
9817 matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the sake of
9818 simplicity to use a uniform matching device through
9819 @command{tar}.}. If the switch @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) is being used,
9820 the volume label matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by
9821 @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}} if the initial match fails, before giving
9822 up. Since the volume numbering is automatically added in labels at
9823 creation time, it sounded logical to equally help the user taking care
9824 of it when the archive is being read.
9825
9826 The @option{--label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not
9827 available under that name anymore.
9828
9829 You can also use @option{--label} to get a common information on
9830 all tapes of a series. For having this information different in each
9831 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
9832 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
9833
9834 @smallexample
9835 @group
9836 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9837 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
9838 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
9839 @end group
9840 @end smallexample
9841
9842 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
9843 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
9844 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
9845 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
9846 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
9847 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
9848 is usually not the case.
9849
9850 @node verify
9851 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
9852 @cindex Verifying a write operation
9853 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
9854
9855 @table @option
9856 @item -W
9857 @itemx --verify
9858 @opindex verify, short description
9859 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
9860 @end table
9861
9862 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
9863 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
9864 are recorded on the standard error output.
9865
9866 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
9867 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
9868 cannot be verified.
9869
9870 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
9871 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
9872 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
9873 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
9874 it is up to date.
9875
9876 @opindex verify, using with @option{--create}
9877 @opindex create, using with @option{--verify}
9878 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
9879 written, use the @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option in conjunction with
9880 the @option{--create} operation. When this option is
9881 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
9882 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
9883
9884 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
9885 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
9886 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
9887 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
9888
9889 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file
9890 system by using the @option{--compare} (@option{--diff}, @option{-d})
9891 option, instead of using the more automatic @option{--verify} option.
9892 @xref{compare}.
9893
9894 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
9895 @option{--compare} option checks how identical are the logical contents of some
9896 archive with what is on your disks, while the @option{--verify} option is
9897 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
9898 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @option{--verify}
9899 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
9900 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
9901 @option{--compare} option. If you nevertheless use @option{--compare} for
9902 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
9903 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
9904 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
9905 the same volume as the one just written or read.
9906
9907 The @option{--verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
9908 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
9909 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
9910 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
9911 as long as programming is concerned.
9912
9913 The @option{--verify} (@option{-W}) option will not work in
9914 conjunction with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option or
9915 the @option{--append} (@option{-r}), @option{--update} (@option{-u})
9916 and @option{--delete} operations. @xref{Operations}, for more
9917 information on these operations.
9918
9919 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
9920 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
9921 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
9922 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
9923 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
9924
9925 @node Write Protection
9926 @section Write Protection
9927
9928 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
9929 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
9930 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
9931 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
9932 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
9933 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
9934
9935 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
9936 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
9937 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
9938 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
9939 changeable feature.
9940
9941 @node Changes
9942 @appendix Changes
9943
9944 This appendix lists some important user-visible changes between
9945 version @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and previous versions. An up-to-date
9946 version of this document is available at
9947 @uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/manual/changes.html,the
9948 @GNUTAR{} documentation page}.
9949
9950 @table @asis
9951 @item Use of globbing patterns when listing and extracting.
9952
9953 Previous versions of GNU tar assumed shell-style globbing when
9954 extracting from or listing an archive. For example:
9955
9956 @smallexample
9957 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
9958 @end smallexample
9959
9960 would extract all files whose names end in @samp{.c}. This behavior
9961 was not documented and was incompatible with traditional tar
9962 implementations. Therefore, starting from version 1.15.91, GNU tar
9963 no longer uses globbing by default. For example, the above invocation
9964 is now interpreted as a request to extract from the archive the file
9965 named @file{*.c}.
9966
9967 To facilitate transition to the new behavior for those users who got
9968 used to the previous incorrect one, @command{tar} will print a warning
9969 if it finds out that a requested member was not found in the archive
9970 and its name looks like a globbing pattern. For example:
9971
9972 @smallexample
9973 $ @kbd{tar xf foo.tar '*.c'}
9974 tar: Pattern matching characters used in file names. Please,
9975 tar: use --wildcards to enable pattern matching, or --no-wildcards to
9976 tar: suppress this warning.
9977 tar: *.c: Not found in archive
9978 tar: Error exit delayed from previous errors
9979 @end smallexample
9980
9981 To treat member names as globbing patterns, use --wildcards option.
9982 If you want to tar to mimic the behavior of versions prior to 1.15.91,
9983 add this option to your @env{TAR_OPTIONS} variable.
9984
9985 @xref{wildcards}, for the detailed discussion of the use of globbing
9986 patterns by @GNUTAR{}.
9987
9988 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
9989
9990 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
9991 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
9992
9993 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
9994 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
9995 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
9996
9997 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
9998 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
9999 Users are encouraged to use @option{--format=oldgnu} instead.
10000
10001 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
10002 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
10003 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
10004 of this issue and its implications.
10005
10006 @FIXME{Change the first argument to tar-formats when the new Automake is
10007 out. The proposition to add @anchor{} to the appropriate place of its
10008 docs was accepted by Automake people --Sergey 2006-05-25}.
10009 @xref{Options, tar-v7, Changing Automake's Behavior,
10010 automake, GNU Automake}, for a description on how to use various
10011 archive formats with @command{automake}.
10012
10013 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
10014 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
10015
10016 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
10017
10018 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
10019 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Since such usage contradicted
10020 to UNIX98 specification and harmed compatibility with other
10021 implementation, it was declared deprecated in version 1.14. However,
10022 to facilitate transition to its new semantics, it was supported by
10023 versions 1.15 and 1.15.90. The present use of @option{-l} as a short
10024 variant of @option{--check-links} was introduced in version 1.15.91.
10025
10026 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
10027
10028 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
10029
10030 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
10031
10032 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
10033 @end table
10034
10035 @node Configuring Help Summary
10036 @appendix Configuring Help Summary
10037
10038 Running @kbd{tar --help} displays the short @command{tar} option
10039 summary (@pxref{help}). This summary is organised by @dfn{groups} of
10040 semantically close options. The options within each group are printed
10041 in the following order: a short option, eventually followed by a list
10042 of corresponding long option names, followed by a short description of
10043 the option. For example, here is an excerpt from the actual @kbd{tar
10044 --help} output:
10045
10046 @verbatim
10047 Main operation mode:
10048
10049 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to an archive
10050 -c, --create create a new archive
10051 -d, --diff, --compare find differences between archive and
10052 file system
10053 --delete delete from the archive
10054 @end verbatim
10055
10056 @vrindex ARGP_HELP_FMT, environment variable
10057 The exact visual representation of the help output is configurable via
10058 @env{ARGP_HELP_FMT} environment variable. The value of this variable
10059 is a comma-separated list of @dfn{format variable} assignments. There
10060 are two kinds of format variables. An @dfn{offset variable} keeps the
10061 offset of some part of help output text from the leftmost column on
10062 the screen. A @dfn{boolean} variable is a flag that toggles some
10063 output feature on or off. Depending on the type of the corresponding
10064 variable, there are two kinds of assignments:
10065
10066 @table @asis
10067 @item Offset assignment
10068
10069 The assignment to an offset variable has the following syntax:
10070
10071 @smallexample
10072 @var{variable}=@var{value}
10073 @end smallexample
10074
10075 @noindent
10076 where @var{variable} is the variable name, and @var{value} is a
10077 numeric value to be assigned to the variable.
10078
10079 @item Boolean assignment
10080
10081 To assign @code{true} value to a variable, simply put this variable name. To
10082 assign @code{false} value, prefix the variable name with @samp{no-}. For
10083 example:
10084
10085 @smallexample
10086 @group
10087 # Assign @code{true} value:
10088 dup-args
10089 # Assign @code{false} value:
10090 no-dup-args
10091 @end group
10092 @end smallexample
10093 @end table
10094
10095 Following variables are declared:
10096
10097 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args
10098 If true, arguments for an option are shown with both short and long
10099 options, even when a given option has both forms, for example:
10100
10101 @smallexample
10102 -f ARCHIVE, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10103 @end smallexample
10104
10105 If false, then if an option has both short and long forms, the
10106 argument is only shown with the long one, for example:
10107
10108 @smallexample
10109 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10110 @end smallexample
10111
10112 @noindent
10113 and a message indicating that the argument is applicable to both
10114 forms is printed below the options. This message can be disabled
10115 using @code{dup-args-note} (see below).
10116
10117 The default is false.
10118 @end deftypevr
10119
10120 @deftypevr {Help Output} boolean dup-args-note
10121 If this variable is true, which is the default, the following notice
10122 is displayed at the end of the help output:
10123
10124 @quotation
10125 Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or
10126 optional for any corresponding short options.
10127 @end quotation
10128
10129 Setting @code{no-dup-args-note} inhibits this message. Normally, only one of
10130 variables @code{dup-args} or @code{dup-args-note} should be set.
10131 @end deftypevr
10132
10133 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset short-opt-col
10134 Column in which short options start. Default is 2.
10135
10136 @smallexample
10137 @group
10138 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10139 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10140 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=short-opt-col=6 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10141 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10142 @end group
10143 @end smallexample
10144 @end deftypevr
10145
10146 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset long-opt-col
10147 Column in which long options start. Default is 6. For example:
10148
10149 @smallexample
10150 @group
10151 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10152 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10153 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=long-opt-col=16 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10154 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10155 @end group
10156 @end smallexample
10157 @end deftypevr
10158
10159 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset doc-opt-col
10160 Column in which @dfn{doc options} start. A doc option isn't actually
10161 an option, but rather an arbitrary piece of documentation that is
10162 displayed in much the same manner as the options. For example, in
10163 the description of @option{--format} option:
10164
10165 @smallexample
10166 @group
10167 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
10168
10169 FORMAT is one of the following:
10170
10171 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
10172 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
10173 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
10174 posix same as pax
10175 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
10176 v7 old V7 tar format
10177 @end group
10178 @end smallexample
10179
10180 @noindent
10181 the format names are doc options. Thus, if you set
10182 @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=doc-opt-col=6} the above part of the help output
10183 will look as follows:
10184
10185 @smallexample
10186 @group
10187 -H, --format=FORMAT create archive of the given format.
10188
10189 FORMAT is one of the following:
10190
10191 gnu GNU tar 1.13.x format
10192 oldgnu GNU format as per tar <= 1.12
10193 pax POSIX 1003.1-2001 (pax) format
10194 posix same as pax
10195 ustar POSIX 1003.1-1988 (ustar) format
10196 v7 old V7 tar format
10197 @end group
10198 @end smallexample
10199 @end deftypevr
10200
10201 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset opt-doc-col
10202 Column in which option description starts. Default is 29.
10203
10204 @smallexample
10205 @group
10206 $ @kbd{tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10207 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10208 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=19 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10209 -f, --file=ARCHIVE use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10210 $ @kbd{ARGP_HELP_FMT=opt-doc-col=9 tar --help|grep ARCHIVE}
10211 -f, --file=ARCHIVE
10212 use archive file or device ARCHIVE
10213 @end group
10214 @end smallexample
10215
10216 @noindent
10217 Notice, that the description starts on a separate line if
10218 @code{opt-doc-col} value is too small.
10219 @end deftypevr
10220
10221 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset header-col
10222 Column in which @dfn{group headers} are printed. A group header is a
10223 descriptive text preceding an option group. For example, in the
10224 following text:
10225
10226 @verbatim
10227 Main operation mode:
10228
10229 -A, --catenate, --concatenate append tar files to
10230 an archive
10231 -c, --create create a new archive
10232 @end verbatim
10233 @noindent
10234 @samp{Main operation mode:} is the group header.
10235
10236 The default value is 1.
10237 @end deftypevr
10238
10239 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset usage-indent
10240 Indentation of wrapped usage lines. Affects @option{--usage}
10241 output. Default is 12.
10242 @end deftypevr
10243
10244 @deftypevr {Help Output} offset rmargin
10245 Right margin of the text output. Used for wrapping.
10246 @end deftypevr
10247
10248 @node Genfile
10249 @appendix Genfile
10250 @include genfile.texi
10251
10252 @node Tar Internals
10253 @appendix Tar Internals
10254 @include intern.texi
10255
10256 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
10257 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
10258 @include freemanuals.texi
10259
10260 @node Copying This Manual
10261 @appendix Copying This Manual
10262
10263 @menu
10264 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
10265 @end menu
10266
10267 @include fdl.texi
10268
10269 @node Index of Command Line Options
10270 @appendix Index of Command Line Options
10271
10272 This appendix contains an index of all @GNUTAR{} long command line
10273 options. The options are listed without the preceeding double-dash.
10274
10275 @FIXME{@itemize
10276 @item Make sure @emph{all} options are indexed.
10277 @item Provide an index of short options
10278 @end itemize}
10279
10280 @printindex op
10281
10282 @node Index
10283 @appendix Index
10284
10285 @printindex cp
10286
10287 @summarycontents
10288 @contents
10289 @bye
10290
10291 @c Local variables:
10292 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
10293 @c End:
This page took 0.550754 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.